rds

package
v1.3.1 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

Go to latest
Published: Aug 4, 2016 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 10 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Overview

Package rds provides a client for Amazon Relational Database Service.

Index

Examples

Constants

View Source
const (
	// @enum ApplyMethod
	ApplyMethodImmediate = "immediate"
	// @enum ApplyMethod
	ApplyMethodPendingReboot = "pending-reboot"
)
View Source
const (
	// @enum SourceType
	SourceTypeDbInstance = "db-instance"
	// @enum SourceType
	SourceTypeDbParameterGroup = "db-parameter-group"
	// @enum SourceType
	SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup = "db-security-group"
	// @enum SourceType
	SourceTypeDbSnapshot = "db-snapshot"
	// @enum SourceType
	SourceTypeDbCluster = "db-cluster"
	// @enum SourceType
	SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot = "db-cluster-snapshot"
)
View Source
const ServiceName = "rds"

A ServiceName is the name of the service the client will make API calls to.

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AccountQuota

type AccountQuota struct {

	// The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account.
	AccountQuotaName *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum allowed value for the quota.
	Max *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The amount currently used toward the quota maximum.
	Used *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes a quota for an AWS account, for example, the number of DB instances allowed.

func (AccountQuota) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s AccountQuota) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (AccountQuota) String added in v0.6.5

func (s AccountQuota) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct {

	// The identifier of the event source to be added. An identifier must begin
	// with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it
	// cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must
	// be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must
	// be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must
	// be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source
	// identifier to.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput

type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type AddTagsToResourceInput

type AddTagsToResourceInput struct {

	// The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be added to. This value is an Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing
	// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
	ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (AddTagsToResourceInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AddTagsToResourceOutput

type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (AddTagsToResourceOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct {

	// The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource.
	//
	// Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade
	ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request.
	// An opt-in request of type immediate cannot be undone.
	//
	// Valid values:
	//
	//    immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately.
	//
	//    next-maintenance - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance
	// window for the resource.
	//
	//    undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests.
	OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance
	// action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing
	// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
	ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput

type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct {

	// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource.
	ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {

	// The IP range to authorize.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB security group to add authorization to.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId
	// must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName
	// or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`

	// Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups,
	// EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and
	// either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// AWS account number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the
	// EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable
	// value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise,
	// EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId
	// must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput

type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	//
	//    AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
	//
	//    CreateDBSecurityGroup
	//
	//    RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	// action.
	DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type AvailabilityZone

type AvailabilityZone struct {

	// The name of the availability zone.
	Name *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains Availability Zone information.

This data type is used as an element in the following data type:

  OrderableDBInstanceOption

func (AvailabilityZone) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (AvailabilityZone) String added in v0.6.5

func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Certificate

type Certificate struct {

	// The unique key that identifies a certificate.
	CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of the certificate.
	CertificateType *string `type:"string"`

	// The thumbprint of the certificate.
	Thumbprint *string `type:"string"`

	// The starting date from which the certificate is valid.
	ValidFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The final date that the certificate continues to be valid.
	ValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A CA certificate for an AWS account.

func (Certificate) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s Certificate) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (Certificate) String added in v0.6.5

func (s Certificate) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CharacterSet

type CharacterSet struct {

	// The description of the character set.
	CharacterSetDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the character set.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.

func (CharacterSet) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CharacterSet) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CharacterSet) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CharacterSet) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput added in v1.2.5

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter
	// group. For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing an RDS Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	//   If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same region as the
	// copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-cluster-param-group,
	// or a valid ARN.
	//
	//   If the source DB parameter group is in a different region than the copy,
	// specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1.
	SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
	TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Cannot be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster-param-group1
	TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v1.2.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String added in v1.2.5

String returns the string representation

func (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.2.5

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput added in v1.2.5

type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
	// or CopyDBClusterParameterGroup action.
	//
	// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
	// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
	// action.
	DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString added in v1.2.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String added in v1.2.5

String returns the string representation

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput added in v0.7.1

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not
	// case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster-snapshot1
	SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB
	// cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster-snapshot2
	TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

func (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput added in v0.7.1

type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBClusterSnapshot
	//
	//    DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// action.
	DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

type CopyDBParameterGroupInput

type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information
	// about creating an ARN, see  Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must specify a valid DB parameter group.
	//
	//   If the source DB parameter group is in the same region as the copy, specify
	// a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-param-group, or
	// a valid ARN.
	//
	//   If the source DB parameter group is in a different region than the copy,
	// specify a valid DB parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:pg:special-parameters.
	SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A description for the copied DB parameter group.
	TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the copied DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Cannot be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-db-parameter-group
	TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CopyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput

type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBParameterGroup
	// action.
	//
	// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBParameterGroup
	// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.
	DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type CopyDBSnapshotInput

type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct {

	// True to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot to the target DB snapshot;
	// otherwise false. The default is false.
	CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key identifier for an encrypted
	// DB snapshot. The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or
	// the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// If you copy an unencrypted DB snapshot and specify a value for the KmsKeyId
	// parameter, Amazon RDS encrypts the target DB snapshot using the specified
	// KMS encryption key.
	//
	// If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify
	// a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption key. If
	// you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId then the copy of the DB snapshot is
	// encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot.
	//
	// If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account,
	// then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the source DB snapshot.
	//
	// If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, this must be the ARN
	// of the shared DB snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state.
	//
	//   If the source snapshot is in the same region as the copy, specify a valid
	// DB snapshot identifier.
	//
	//   If the source snapshot is in a different region than the copy, specify
	// a valid DB snapshot ARN. For more information, go to  Copying a DB Snapshot
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html).
	//
	//   Example: rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01
	//
	// Example: arn:aws:rds:rr-regn-1:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805
	SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The identifier for the copied snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Cannot be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-db-snapshot
	TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBSnapshotInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CopyDBSnapshotInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CopyDBSnapshotInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CopyDBSnapshotOutput

type CopyDBSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBSnapshot
	//
	//    DeleteDBSnapshot
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots
	// action.
	DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CopyDBSnapshotOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CopyOptionGroupInput

type CopyOptionGroupInput struct {

	// The identifier or ARN for the source option group. For information about
	// creating an ARN, see  Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must specify a valid option group.
	//
	//   If the source option group is in the same region as the copy, specify
	// a valid option group identifier, for example my-option-group, or a valid
	// ARN.
	//
	//   If the source option group is in a different region than the copy, specify
	// a valid option group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options.
	SourceOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The description for the copied option group.
	TargetOptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the copied option group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Cannot be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-option-group
	TargetOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyOptionGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CopyOptionGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CopyOptionGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CopyOptionGroupOutput

type CopyOptionGroupOutput struct {
	OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CopyOptionGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CopyOptionGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBClusterInput added in v0.7.1

type CreateDBClusterInput struct {

	// A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be
	// created in. For information on regions and Availability Zones, see Regions
	// and Availability Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify
	// a minimum value of 1.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be a value from 1 to 35
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
	// specified CharacterSet.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster.
	// If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 will be used.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name for your database of up to 8 alpha-numeric characters. If you do
	// not provide a name, Amazon RDS will not create a database in the DB cluster
	// you are creating.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
	//
	// Valid Values: aurora
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version number of the database engine to use.
	//
	//  Aurora
	//
	// Example: 5.6.10a
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
	// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
	//
	// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value
	// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption
	// key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your
	// AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS region.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the master database user. This password can contain any
	// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the master user for the DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
	// specified option group.
	//
	// Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option group
	// cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections.
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred
	// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//   Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//   Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//   Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//  Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks
	// available, see  Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster
	// is created as a Read Replica.
	ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBClusterInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s CreateDBClusterInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBClusterInput) String added in v0.7.1

func (s CreateDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBClusterInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBClusterOutput added in v0.7.1

type CreateDBClusterOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBClusterOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBClusterOutput) String added in v0.7.1

func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput added in v0.7.1

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//    This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group
	// can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family,
	// and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine
	// version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The description for the DB cluster parameter group.
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput added in v0.7.1

type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup
	// or CopyDBClusterParameterGroup action.
	//
	// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup
	// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
	// action.
	DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput added in v0.7.1

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter
	// is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a
	// lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster1-snapshot1
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput added in v0.7.1

type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBClusterSnapshot
	//
	//    DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// action.
	DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBInstanceInput

type CreateDBInstanceInput struct {

	// The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to be initially allocated for the database
	// instance.
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144.
	//
	//  MariaDB
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144.
	//
	//  PostgreSQL
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer from 5 to 6144.
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer from 10 to 6144.
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer from 200 to 4096 (Standard Edition and Enterprise
	// Edition) or from 20 to 4096 (Express Edition and Web Edition)
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to the
	// DB instance during the maintenance window.
	//
	// Default: true
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in.
	// For information on regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability
	// Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html).
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's region.
	//
	//  Example: us-east-1d
	//
	//  Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter cannot be specified if the MultiAZ
	// parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the
	// same region as the current endpoint.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this
	// parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to
	// 0 disables automated backups.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be a value from 0 to 35
	//
	//   Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be associated
	// with the specified CharacterSet.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance;
	// otherwise false. The default is false.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to.
	//
	// For information on creating a DB cluster, see CreateDBCluster.
	//
	// Type: String
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance.
	//
	//  Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large |
	// db.m1.xlarge | db.m2.xlarge |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium
	// | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge
	// | db.m4.2xlarge | db.m4.4xlarge | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge
	// | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small
	// | db.t2.medium | db.t2.large
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens (1 to 15
	// for SQL Server).
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: mydbinstance
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you
	// use.
	//
	// Type: String
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
	// parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine
	//
	//    MariaDB
	//
	// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
	// parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine
	//
	//    PostgreSQL
	//
	// The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this
	// parameter is not specified, the default "postgres" database is created in
	// the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   Must begin with a letter or an underscore. Subsequent characters can be
	// letters, underscores, or digits (0-9).
	//
	//   Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine
	//
	//    Oracle
	//
	// The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance.
	//
	// Default: ORCL
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Cannot be longer than 8 characters
	//
	//    SQL Server
	//
	// Not applicable. Must be null.
	//
	//  Amazon Aurora
	//
	// The name of the database to create when the primary instance of the DB cluster
	// is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in
	// the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If
	// this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified
	// engine will be used.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// Default: The default DB security group for the database engine.
	DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the Active Directory Domain to create the instance in.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the database engine to be used for this instance.
	//
	//  Valid Values: MySQL | mariadb | oracle-se1 | oracle-se | oracle-ee | sqlserver-ee
	// | sqlserver-se | sqlserver-ex | sqlserver-web | postgres | aurora
	//
	// Not every database engine is available for every AWS region.
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version number of the database engine to use.
	//
	// The following are the database engines and major and minor versions that
	// are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available for
	// every AWS region.
	//
	//  Amazon Aurora
	//
	//    Version 5.6 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-northeast-2,
	// ap-south-1, ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, us-east-1, us-west-2):  5.6.10a
	//
	//    MariaDB
	//
	//    Version 10.1 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  10.1.14
	//
	//    Version 10.0 (available in all AWS regions):  10.0.17 | 10.0.24
	//
	//    Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise Edition (sqlserver-ee)
	//
	//    Version 11.00 (available in all AWS regions):  11.00.2100.60.v1 | 11.00.5058.0.v1
	// | 11.00.6020.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 10.50 (available in all AWS regions):  10.50.2789.0.v1 | 10.50.6000.34.v1
	// | 10.50.6529.0.v1
	//
	//    Microsoft SQL Server Express Edition (sqlserver-ex)
	//
	//    Version 12.00 (available in all AWS regions):  12.00.4422.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 11.00 (available in all AWS regions):  11.00.2100.60.v1 | 11.00.5058.0.v1
	// | 11.00.6020.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 10.50 (available in all AWS regions):  10.50.2789.0.v1 | 10.50.6000.34.v1
	// | 10.50.6529.0.v1
	//
	//    Microsoft SQL Server Standard Edition (sqlserver-se)
	//
	//    Version 12.00 (available in all AWS regions):  12.00.4422.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 11.00 (available in all AWS regions):  11.00.2100.60.v1 | 11.00.5058.0.v1
	// | 11.00.6020.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 10.50 (available in all AWS regions):  10.50.2789.0.v1 | 10.50.6000.34.v1
	// | 10.50.6529.0.v1
	//
	//    Microsoft SQL Server Web Edition (sqlserver-web)
	//
	//    Version 12.00 (available in all AWS regions):  12.00.4422.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 11.00 (available in all AWS regions):  11.00.2100.60.v1 | 11.00.5058.0.v1
	// | 11.00.6020.0.v1
	//
	//    Version 10.50 (available in all AWS regions):  10.50.2789.0.v1 | 10.50.6000.34.v1
	// | 10.50.6529.0.v1
	//
	//    MySQL
	//
	//    Version 5.7 (available in all AWS regions):  5.7.10 | 5.7.11
	//
	//    Version 5.6 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  5.6.19a | 5.6.19b | 5.6.21 | 5.6.21b | 5.6.22
	//
	//    Version 5.6 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1):  5.6.23
	//
	//    Version 5.6 (available in all AWS regions):  5.6.27 | 5.6.29
	//
	//    Version 5.5 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  5.5.40 | 5.5.40a
	//
	//    Version 5.5 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  5.5.40b | 5.5.41
	//
	//    Version 5.5 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1):  5.5.42
	//
	//    Version 5.5 (available in all AWS regions):  5.5.46
	//
	//    Version 5.1 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  5.1.73a | 5.1.73b
	//
	//    Oracle Database Enterprise Edition (oracle-ee)
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  12.1.0.1.v1 | 12.1.0.1.v2
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  12.1.0.1.v3 | 12.1.0.1.v4 | 12.1.0.1.v5
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (available in all AWS regions):  12.1.0.2.v1
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  12.1.0.2.v2
	// | 12.1.0.2.v3 | 12.1.0.2.v4
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.3.v3
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  11.2.0.3.v4
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions):  11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3
	// | 11.2.0.4.v4
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  11.2.0.4.v5
	// | 11.2.0.4.v6 | 11.2.0.4.v7 | 11.2.0.4.v8
	//
	//    Oracle Database Standard Edition (oracle-se)
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  12.1.0.1.v1 | 12.1.0.1.v2
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  12.1.0.1.v3 | 12.1.0.1.v4 | 12.1.0.1.v5
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.3.v3
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  11.2.0.3.v4
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions):  11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3
	// | 11.2.0.4.v4
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  11.2.0.4.v5
	// | 11.2.0.4.v6 | 11.2.0.4.v7 | 11.2.0.4.v8
	//
	//    Oracle Database Standard Edition One (oracle-se1)
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  12.1.0.1.v1 | 12.1.0.1.v2
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  12.1.0.1.v3 | 12.1.0.1.v4 | 12.1.0.1.v5
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  11.2.0.2.v3 | 11.2.0.2.v4 | 11.2.0.2.v5 | 11.2.0.2.v6 | 11.2.0.2.v7
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  11.2.0.3.v1 | 11.2.0.3.v2 | 11.2.0.3.v3
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  11.2.0.3.v4
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions):  11.2.0.4.v1 | 11.2.0.4.v3
	// | 11.2.0.4.v4
	//
	//    Version 11.2 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  11.2.0.4.v5
	// | 11.2.0.4.v6 | 11.2.0.4.v7 | 11.2.0.4.v8
	//
	//    Oracle Database Standard Edition Two (oracle-se2)
	//
	//    Version 12.1 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  12.1.0.2.v2
	// | 12.1.0.2.v3 | 12.1.0.2.v4
	//
	//    PostgreSQL
	//
	//    Version 9.5 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  9.5.2
	//
	//    Version 9.4 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1):  9.4.1
	// | 9.4.4
	//
	//    Version 9.4 (available in all AWS regions):  9.4.5
	//
	//    Version 9.4 (available in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1):  9.4.7
	//
	//    Version 9.3 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-gov-west-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  9.3.1 | 9.3.2
	//
	//    Version 9.3 (available in all AWS regions except ap-south-1, ap-northeast-2):
	//  9.3.10 | 9.3.3 | 9.3.5 | 9.3.6 | 9.3.9
	//
	//    Version 9.3 (only available in AWS regions ap-northeast-1, ap-southeast-1,
	// ap-southeast-2, eu-central-1, eu-west-1, sa-east-1, us-east-1, us-west-1,
	// us-west-2):  9.3.12
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
	// initially allocated for the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be a multiple between 3 and 10 of the storage amount for
	// the DB instance. Must also be an integer multiple of 1000. For example, if
	// the size of your DB instance is 500 GB, then your Iops value can be 2000,
	// 3000, 4000, or 5000.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can
	// use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
	//
	// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value
	// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption
	// key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your
	// AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS region.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// License model information for this DB instance.
	//
	//  Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the master database user. Can be any printable ASCII character
	// except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Type: String
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	//
	//  MariaDB
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters.
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
	//
	//  PostgreSQL
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters.
	//
	//  Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of master user for the client DB instance.
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	//
	//    MariaDB
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	//
	//   Type: String
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 30 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	//
	//    SQL Server
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 128 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	//
	//    PostgreSQL
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
	//
	// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
	// to a value other than 0.
	//
	// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
	MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
	// to CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
	// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
	// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole).
	//
	// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
	// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You cannot set the
	// AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option
	// group.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  MariaDB
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  PostgreSQL
	//
	//  Default: 5432
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	//  Default: 1521
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	//  Default: 1433
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152
	// through 49156.
	//
	//  Amazon Aurora
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. For more
	// information, see DB Instance Backups (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.BackingUpAndRestoringAmazonRDSInstances.html).
	//
	//  Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of
	// time per region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred
	// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//   Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//   Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//   Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see DB Instance Maintenance
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBMaintenance.html).
	//
	//  Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	//  Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of
	// time per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks
	// available, see  Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
	// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
	// more information, see  Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance).
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Valid Values: 0 - 15
	PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
	// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
	// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
	// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
	//
	// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
	// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
	//
	//    Default VPC: true
	//
	//    VPC: false
	//
	//   If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the
	// PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly
	// accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the
	// request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance
	// will be private.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted.
	//
	// Default: false
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	//
	//  Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	//  If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	//  Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the
	// device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance.
	//
	// Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBInstanceInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBInstanceInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBInstanceOutput

type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBInstanceOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBInstanceOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct {

	// Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to the
	// Read Replica during the maintenance window.
	//
	// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the Read Replica will be created in.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's region.
	//
	//  Example: us-east-1d
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// True to copy all tags from the Read Replica to snapshots of the Read Replica;
	// otherwise false. The default is false.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The compute and memory capacity of the Read Replica.
	//
	//  Valid Values: db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge |
	// db.m2.xlarge |db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large
	// | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge
	// | db.m4.4xlarge | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge
	// | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium
	// | db.t2.large
	//
	// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB instance identifier of the Read Replica. This identifier is the unique
	// key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
	// string.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance will
	// be created in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet
	// group is specified, then the new DB instance is not created in a VPC.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies a
	// DB instance in another region.
	//
	//   The specified DB subnet group must be in the same region in which the
	// operation is running.
	//
	//   All Read Replicas in one region that are created from the same source
	// DB instance must either:>
	//
	//   Specify DB subnet groups from the same VPC. All these Read Replicas will
	// be created in the same VPC.
	//
	//   Not specify a DB subnet group. All these Read Replicas will be created
	// outside of any VPC.
	//
	//     Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters,
	// periods, underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
	// initially allocated for the DB instance.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// are collected for the Read Replica. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
	//
	// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
	// to a value other than 0.
	//
	// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
	MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
	// to CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
	// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
	// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole).
	//
	// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
	// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The option group the DB instance will be associated with. If omitted, the
	// default option group for the engine specified will be used.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number that the DB instance uses for connections.
	//
	// Default: Inherits from the source DB instance
	//
	// Valid Values: 1150-65535
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
	// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
	// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
	// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
	//
	// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
	// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
	//
	//    Default VPC:true
	//
	//    VPC:false
	//
	//   If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the
	// PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly
	// accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the
	// request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance
	// will be private.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the Read
	// Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL DB
	// instance.
	//
	//   Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if the source
	// is running MySQL 5.6.
	//
	//   Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if the
	// source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5.
	//
	//   The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, its backup
	// retention period must be greater than 0.
	//
	//   If the source DB instance is in the same region as the Read Replica, specify
	// a valid DB instance identifier.
	//
	//   If the source DB instance is in a different region than the Read Replica,
	// specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, go to  Constructing
	// a Amazon RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
	SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica.
	//
	//  Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	//  If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	//  Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput

type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBParameterGroupInput

type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated
	// with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only
	// to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible
	// with that DB parameter group family.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//    This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The description for the DB parameter group.
	Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBParameterGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput

type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBParameterGroup
	// action.
	//
	// This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBParameterGroup
	// action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.
	DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput

type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// The description for the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Must not be "Default"
	//
	//   Example: mysecuritygroup
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput

type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	//
	//    AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
	//
	//    CreateDBSecurityGroup
	//
	//    RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	// action.
	DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBSnapshotInput

type CreateDBSnapshotInput struct {

	// The DB instance identifier. This is the unique key that identifies a DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the DB snapshot.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Cannot be null, empty, or blank
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-snapshot-id
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBSnapshotInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBSnapshotInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBSnapshotInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBSnapshotOutput

type CreateDBSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBSnapshot
	//
	//    DeleteDBSnapshot
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots
	// action.
	DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBSnapshotOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBSnapshotOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput

type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The description for the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters. Cannot
	// contain periods, underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
	SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput

type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBSubnetGroup
	//
	//    ModifyDBSubnetGroup
	//
	//    DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	//
	//    DeleteDBSubnetGroup
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	// action.
	DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateEventSubscriptionInput

type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to
	// create the subscription but not active it.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to.
	// You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
	// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories
	// action.
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
	// The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to
	// it.
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events will be returned.
	// If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier
	// must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and
	// hyphens; it cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must
	// be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must
	// be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must
	// be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied.
	SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`

	// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
	// want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this
	// parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are
	// returned.
	//
	// Valid values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group
	// | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the subscription.
	//
	// Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput

type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type CreateOptionGroupInput

type CreateOptionGroupInput struct {

	// Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated
	// with.
	EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be
	// associated with.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The description of the option group.
	OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the name of the option group to be created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: myoptiongroup
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateOptionGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateOptionGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateOptionGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateOptionGroupOutput

type CreateOptionGroupOutput struct {
	OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (CreateOptionGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CreateOptionGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBCluster added in v0.7.1

type DBCluster struct {

	// Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB).
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster
	// can be created in.
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is
	// associated with.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique
	// key that identifies a DB cluster.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster.
	DBClusterMembers []*DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"`

	// Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster.
	DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBClusterOptionGroup" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster.
	DBClusterParameterGroup *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster,
	// including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroup *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided
	// at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This
	// same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier
	// is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for the DB cluster
	// is accessed.
	DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
	// restore.
	EarliestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster.
	Endpoint *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the database engine version.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
	HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`

	// If StorageEncrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB
	// cluster.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
	// restore.
	LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Contains the master username for the DB cluster.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage.
	PercentProgress *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created
	// if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur,
	// in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this
	// DB cluster.
	ReadReplicaIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaIdentifier" type:"list"`

	// Contains the identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a
	// Read Replica.
	ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the current state of this DB cluster.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to.
	VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:

 CreateDBCluster

 DeleteDBCluster

 FailoverDBCluster

 ModifyDBCluster

 RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot

 RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters

action.

func (DBCluster) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s DBCluster) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBCluster) String added in v0.7.1

func (s DBCluster) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterMember added in v0.7.1

type DBClusterMember struct {

	// Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of
	// the DB cluster.
	DBClusterParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Value that is true if the cluster member is the primary instance for the
	// DB cluster and false otherwise.
	IsClusterWriter *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
	// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
	// more information, see  Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance).
	PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster.

func (DBClusterMember) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s DBClusterMember) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBClusterMember) String added in v0.7.1

func (s DBClusterMember) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus added in v0.7.1

type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus struct {

	// Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group.
	DBClusterOptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains status information for a DB cluster option group.

func (DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterParameterGroup added in v0.7.1

type DBClusterParameterGroup struct {

	// Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter
	// group is compatible with.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter
	// group.
	Description *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup or CopyDBClusterParameterGroup action.

This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups action.

func (DBClusterParameterGroup) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBClusterParameterGroup) String added in v0.7.1

func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage added in v0.7.1

type DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//    This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterSnapshot added in v0.7.1

type DBClusterSnapshot struct {

	// Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB).
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster
	// snapshot can be restored in.
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated
	// Time (UTC).
	ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster
	// snapshot was created from.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the database engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// If StorageEncrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB
	// cluster snapshot.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
	PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the
	// snapshot.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time
	// (UTC).
	SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot.
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:

 CreateDBClusterSnapshot

 DeleteDBClusterSnapshot

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots

action.

func (DBClusterSnapshot) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s DBClusterSnapshot) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBClusterSnapshot) String added in v0.7.1

func (s DBClusterSnapshot) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute added in v1.1.30

type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct {

	// The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
	//
	// The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have
	// permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information,
	// see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	AttributeName *string `type:"string"`

	// The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.
	//
	// If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns
	// a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore
	// the manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the
	// manual DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to
	// copy or restore.
	AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute.

Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.

func (DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) GoString added in v1.1.30

func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) String added in v1.1.30

String returns the string representation

type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult added in v1.1.30

type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult struct {

	// The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot.
	DBClusterSnapshotAttributes []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply
	// to.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action.

Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.

func (DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString added in v1.1.30

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) String added in v1.1.30

String returns the string representation

type DBEngineVersion

type DBEngineVersion struct {

	// The description of the database engine.
	DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The description of the database engine version.
	DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the
	// CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not specified.
	DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"`

	// The name of the database engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The version number of the database engine.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the CharacterSetName
	// parameter of the CreateDBInstance API.
	SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"`

	// A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded
	// to.
	ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions.

func (DBEngineVersion) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DBEngineVersion) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBEngineVersion) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DBEngineVersion) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBInstance

type DBInstance struct {

	// Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gigabytes.
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained.
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance.
	CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is
	// associated with.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the
	// DB instance.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the
	// DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique
	// key that identifies a DB instance.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the current state of this database.
	DBInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you
	// use. For example, this value returns MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL information
	// when returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since Read Replicas
	// are only supported for these engines.
	//
	//  MySQL, MariaDB, SQL Server, PostgreSQL, Amazon Aurora
	//
	// Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was provided
	// at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was created. This
	// same name is returned for the life of the DB instance.
	//
	// Type: String
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	// Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown
	// when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance.
	DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"`

	// Provides List of DB security group elements containing only DBSecurityGroup.Name
	// and DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements.
	DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance,
	// including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is
	// part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port.
	DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier
	// is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the KMS key for the DB instance
	// is accessed.
	DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"`

	// The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance.
	DomainMemberships []*DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the connection endpoint.
	Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`

	// Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the database engine version.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that
	// receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance.
	EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the date and time the DB instance was created.
	InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// If StorageEncrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB
	// instance.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time
	// restore.
	LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// License model information for this DB instance.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the master username for the DB instance.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// are collected for the DB instance.
	MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// to CloudWatch Logs.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance.
	OptionGroupMemberships []*OptionGroupMembership `locationNameList:"OptionGroupMembership" type:"list"`

	// Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only
	// included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements.
	PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created
	// if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur,
	// in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
	// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
	// more information, see  Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance).
	PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
	// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
	// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
	// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
	//
	// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
	// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
	//
	//    Default VPC:true
	//
	//    VPC:false
	//
	//   If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the
	// PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly
	// accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the
	// request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance
	// will be private.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this
	// DB instance.
	ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier" type:"list"`

	// Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is
	// a Read Replica.
	ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB
	// instance with multi-AZ support.
	SecondaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this
	// will be blank.
	StatusInfos []*DBInstanceStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBInstanceStatusInfo" type:"list"`

	// Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// The ARN from the Key Store with which the instance is associated for TDE
	// encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides List of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs
	// to.
	VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:

 CreateDBInstance

 DeleteDBInstance

 ModifyDBInstance

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances

action.

func (DBInstance) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DBInstance) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBInstance) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DBInstance) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBInstanceStatusInfo

type DBInstanceStatusInfo struct {

	// Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance
	// is not in an error state, this value is blank.
	Message *string `type:"string"`

	// Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false
	// if the instance is in an error state.
	Normal *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can
	// be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// This value is currently "read replication."
	StatusType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Provides a list of status information for a DB instance.

func (DBInstanceStatusInfo) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBInstanceStatusInfo) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBParameterGroup

type DBParameterGroup struct {

	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter
	// group is compatible with.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group.
	Description *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the CreateDBParameterGroup action.

This data type is used as a request parameter in the DeleteDBParameterGroup action, and as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.

func (DBParameterGroup) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DBParameterGroup) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBParameterGroup) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DBParameterGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBParameterGroupNameMessage

type DBParameterGroupNameMessage struct {

	// Provides the name of the DB parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the ModifyDBParameterGroup or ResetDBParameterGroup action.

func (DBParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBParameterGroupNameMessage) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DBParameterGroupStatus

type DBParameterGroupStatus struct {

	// The name of the DP parameter group.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of parameter updates.
	ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The status of the DB parameter group.

This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

CreateDBInstance

CreateDBInstanceReadReplica

DeleteDBInstance

ModifyDBInstance

RebootDBInstance

RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot

func (DBParameterGroupStatus) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBParameterGroupStatus) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBSecurityGroup

type DBSecurityGroup struct {

	// Provides the description of the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a list of EC2SecurityGroup elements.
	EC2SecurityGroups []*EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// Contains a list of IPRange elements.
	IPRanges []*IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"`

	// Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group.
	OwnerId *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the VpcId of the DB security group.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:

 DescribeDBSecurityGroups

 AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress

 CreateDBSecurityGroup

 RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups

action.

func (DBSecurityGroup) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DBSecurityGroup) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBSecurityGroup) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DBSecurityGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBSecurityGroupMembership

type DBSecurityGroupMembership struct {

	// The name of the DB security group.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the DB security group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

ModifyDBInstance

RebootDBInstance

RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot

RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime

func (DBSecurityGroupMembership) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBSecurityGroupMembership) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBSnapshot

type DBSnapshot struct {

	// Specifies the allocated storage size in gigabytes (GB).
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in
	// at the time of the DB snapshot.
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot
	// was created from.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted.
	Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the name of the database engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the version of the database engine.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated
	// Time (UTC).
	InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB
	// instance at the time of the snapshot.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// If Encrypted is true, the KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// License model information for the restored DB instance.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the master username for the DB snapshot.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred.
	PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time
	// of the snapshot.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time
	// (UTC).
	SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Provides the type of the DB snapshot.
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB snapshot Arn that the DB snapshot was copied from. It only has value
	// in case of cross customer or cross region copy.
	SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from.
	SourceRegion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of this DB snapshot.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the storage type associated with DB Snapshot.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:

 CreateDBSnapshot

 DeleteDBSnapshot

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots

action.

func (DBSnapshot) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DBSnapshot) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBSnapshot) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DBSnapshot) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBSnapshotAttribute added in v0.10.4

type DBSnapshotAttribute struct {

	// The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute.
	//
	// The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have
	// permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information,
	// see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
	AttributeName *string `type:"string"`

	// The value or values for the manual DB snapshot attribute.
	//
	// If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns
	// a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore
	// the manual DB snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual
	// DB snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore.
	AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the name and values of a manual DB snapshot attribute

Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API.

func (DBSnapshotAttribute) GoString added in v0.10.4

func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBSnapshotAttribute) String added in v0.10.4

func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DBSnapshotAttributesResult added in v0.10.4

type DBSnapshotAttributesResult struct {

	// The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot.
	DBSnapshotAttributes []*DBSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"`

	// The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API action.

Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.

func (DBSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString added in v0.10.4

func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBSnapshotAttributesResult) String added in v0.10.4

String returns the string representation

type DBSubnetGroup

type DBSubnetGroup struct {

	// Provides the description of the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the status of the DB subnet group.
	SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a list of Subnet elements.
	Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"`

	// Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:

 CreateDBSubnetGroup

 ModifyDBSubnetGroup

 DescribeDBSubnetGroups

 DeleteDBSubnetGroup

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups

action.

func (DBSubnetGroup) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DBSubnetGroup) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DBSubnetGroup) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DBSubnetGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBClusterInput added in v0.7.1

type DeleteDBClusterInput struct {

	// The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created
	// when SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false.
	//
	//   Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter
	// to true results in an error.
	//
	//  Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster
	// is deleted. If true is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If false
	// is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted.
	//
	//  You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot
	// is false.
	//
	//  Default: false
	SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBClusterInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBClusterInput) String added in v0.7.1

func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBClusterOutput added in v0.7.1

type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBClusterOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBClusterOutput) String added in v0.7.1

func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput added in v0.7.1

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	//   You cannot delete a default DB cluster parameter group.
	//
	//   Cannot be associated with any DB clusters.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput added in v0.7.1

type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput added in v0.7.1

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct {

	// The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the
	// available state.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput added in v0.7.1

type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBClusterSnapshot
	//
	//    DeleteDBClusterSnapshot
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// action.
	DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBInstanceInput

type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct {

	// The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot
	// is set to false.
	//
	//  Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter
	// to true results in an error.
	//
	//  Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Cannot be specified when deleting a Read Replica.
	FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance
	// is deleted. If true is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If false is specified,
	// a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted.
	//
	// Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed',
	// 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted
	// when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to "true".
	//
	// Specify true when deleting a Read Replica.
	//
	//  The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalSnapshot
	// is false.
	//
	//  Default: false
	SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBInstanceInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBInstanceInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBInstanceOutput

type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBInstanceOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput

type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group
	//
	//   You cannot delete a default DB parameter group
	//
	//   Cannot be associated with any DB instances
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput

type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB security group to delete.
	//
	//  You cannot delete the default DB security group.
	//
	//  Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Must not be "Default"
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput

type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBSnapshotInput

type DeleteDBSnapshotInput struct {

	// The DBSnapshot identifier.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the available
	// state.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBSnapshotInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBSnapshotInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBSnapshotInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput

type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBSnapshot
	//
	//    DeleteDBSnapshot
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots
	// action.
	DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the database subnet group to delete.
	//
	//  You cannot delete the default subnet group.
	//
	//  Constraints:
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput

type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput

type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput

type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DeleteOptionGroupInput

type DeleteOptionGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the option group to be deleted.
	//
	//  You cannot delete default option groups.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteOptionGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteOptionGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteOptionGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteOptionGroupOutput

type DeleteOptionGroupOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DeleteOptionGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteOptionGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeAccountAttributesInput

type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeAccountAttributesInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput

type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct {

	// A list of AccountQuota objects. Within this list, each quota has a name,
	// a count of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the quota.
	AccountQuotas []*AccountQuota `locationNameList:"AccountQuota" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Data returned by the DescribeAccountAttributes action.

func (DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeCertificatesInput

type DescribeCertificatesInput struct {

	// The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is specified,
	// information for only the identified certificate is returned. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeCertificatesInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeCertificatesInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeCertificatesInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeCertificatesOutput

type DescribeCertificatesOutput struct {

	// The list of Certificate objects for the AWS account.
	Certificates []*Certificate `locationNameList:"Certificate" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Data returned by the DescribeCertificates action.

func (DescribeCertificatesOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeCertificatesOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput added in v0.7.1

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput added in v0.7.1

type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of DB cluster parameter groups.
	DBClusterParameterGroups []*DBClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput added in v0.7.1

type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct {

	// The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details
	// for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. Parameter
	// sources can be engine, service, or customer.
	Source *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput added in v0.7.1

type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Provides details about a DB cluster parameter group including the parameters in the DB cluster parameter group.

func (DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput added in v1.1.30

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct {

	// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString added in v1.1.30

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) String added in v1.1.30

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate added in v1.1.30

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput added in v1.1.30

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
	// API action.
	//
	// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts
	// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see
	// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString added in v1.1.30

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) String added in v1.1.30

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput added in v0.7.1

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct {

	// The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for.
	// This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier
	// parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter cannot
	// be used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value
	// is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter
	// must also be specified.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// Set this value to true to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public
	// and can be copied or restored by any AWS account, otherwise set this value
	// to false. The default is false. The default is false.
	//
	// You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute
	// API action.
	IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Set this value to true to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from
	// other AWS accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy
	// or restore, otherwise set this value to false. The default is false.
	//
	// You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot
	// from another AWS account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the
	// following values:
	//
	//    automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically
	// taken by Amazon RDS for my AWS account.
	//
	//    manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my AWS
	// account.
	//
	//    shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared
	// to my AWS account.
	//
	//    public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public.
	//
	//   If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual
	// DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots
	// with these results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can
	// include public DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic
	// parameter to true.
	//
	// The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType
	// values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply
	// when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply
	// when SnapshotType is set to public.
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput added in v0.7.1

type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct {

	// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user.
	DBClusterSnapshots []*DBClusterSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshot" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user as the result of a call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action.

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBClustersInput added in v0.7.1

type DescribeDBClustersInput struct {

	// The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified,
	// information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBClustersInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBClustersInput) String added in v0.7.1

func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBClustersOutput added in v0.7.1

type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct {

	// Contains a list of DB clusters for the user.
	DBClusters []*DBCluster `locationNameList:"DBCluster" type:"list"`

	// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBClusters request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusters action.

func (DescribeDBClustersOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBClustersOutput) String added in v0.7.1

func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct {

	// The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine
	// and major version combination is returned.
	DefaultOnly *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The database engine to return.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The database engine version to return.
	//
	// Example: 5.1.49
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// If this parameter is specified, and if the requested engine supports the
	// CharacterSetName parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a
	// list of supported character sets for each engine version.
	ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
	// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
	// in the response so that the following results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput

type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct {

	// A list of DBEngineVersion elements.
	DBEngineVersions []*DBEngineVersion `locationNameList:"DBEngineVersion" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBEngineVersions action.

func (DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBInstancesInput

type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct {

	// The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information
	// from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBInstancesInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBInstancesInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBInstancesOutput

type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct {

	// A list of DBInstance instances.
	DBInstances []*DBInstance `locationNameList:"DBInstance" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstances action.

func (DescribeDBInstancesOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBLogFilesDetails

type DescribeDBLogFilesDetails struct {

	// A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written.
	LastWritten *int64 `type:"long"`

	// The name of the log file for the specified DB instance.
	LogFileName *string `type:"string"`

	// The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance.
	Size *int64 `type:"long"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element to DescribeDBLogFiles.

func (DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBLogFilesInput

type DescribeDBLogFilesInput struct {

	// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files
	// you want to list.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date,
	// in POSIX timestamp format with milliseconds.
	FileLastWritten *int64 `type:"long"`

	// Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size.
	FileSize *int64 `type:"long"`

	// Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the specified
	// string.
	FilenameContains *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBLogFilesInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBLogFilesInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBLogFilesInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput

type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput struct {

	// The DB log files returned.
	DescribeDBLogFiles []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails `locationNameList:"DescribeDBLogFilesDetails" type:"list"`

	// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBLogFiles request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The response from a call to DescribeDBLogFiles.

func (DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameterGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput

type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of DBParameterGroup instances.
	DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameterGroups action.

func (DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBParametersInput

type DescribeDBParametersInput struct {

	// The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The parameter types to return.
	//
	// Default: All parameter types returned
	//
	// Valid Values: user | system | engine-default
	Source *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBParametersInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBParametersInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBParametersInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBParametersOutput

type DescribeDBParametersOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of Parameter values.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameters action.

func (DescribeDBParametersOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBParametersOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of the DB security group to return details for.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput

type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of DBSecurityGroup instances.
	DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSecurityGroups action.

func (DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput added in v0.10.4

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput struct {

	// The identifier for the DB snapshot to describe the attributes for.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString added in v0.10.4

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) String added in v0.10.4

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate added in v1.1.30

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput added in v0.10.4

type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
	// API action.
	//
	// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
	// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
	// API action.
	DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString added in v0.10.4

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) String added in v0.10.4

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput

type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput struct {

	// The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This
	// parameter cannot be used in conjunction with DBSnapshotIdentifier. This parameter
	// is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter cannot be used
	// in conjunction with DBInstanceIdentifier. This value is stored as a lowercase
	// string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter
	// must also be specified.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// Set this value to true to include manual DB snapshots that are public and
	// can be copied or restored by any AWS account, otherwise set this value to
	// false. The default is false.
	//
	// You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
	// API.
	IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Set this value to true to include shared manual DB snapshots from other AWS
	// accounts that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore,
	// otherwise set this value to false. The default is false.
	//
	// You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB snapshot from
	// another AWS account by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.
	IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSnapshots request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The type of snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following
	// values:
	//
	//    automated - Return all DB snapshots that have been automatically taken
	// by Amazon RDS for my AWS account.
	//
	//    manual - Return all DB snapshots that have been taken by my AWS account.
	//
	//    shared - Return all manual DB snapshots that have been shared to my AWS
	// account.
	//
	//    public - Return all DB snapshots that have been marked as public.
	//
	//   If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual
	// snapshots are returned. Shared and public DB snapshots are not included in
	// the returned results by default. You can include shared snapshots with these
	// results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can include public
	// snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic parameter to true.
	//
	// The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType
	// values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply
	// when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply
	// when SnapshotType is set to public.
	SnapshotType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput

type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput struct {

	// A list of DBSnapshot instances.
	DBSnapshots []*DBSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBSnapshot" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSnapshots action.

func (DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct {

	// The name of the DB subnet group to return details for.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput

type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct {

	// A list of DBSubnetGroup instances.
	DBSubnetGroups []*DBSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"DBSubnetGroup" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSubnetGroups action.

func (DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput added in v0.7.1

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter
	// information for.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput added in v0.7.1

type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
	// action.
	EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct {

	// The name of the DB parameter group family.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput

type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters
	// action.
	EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventCategoriesInput

type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The type of source that will be generating the events.
	//
	// Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput

type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {

	// A list of EventCategoriesMap data types.
	EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Data returned from the DescribeEventCategories action.

func (DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput

type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {

	// A list of EventSubscriptions data types.
	EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Data returned by the DescribeEventSubscriptions action.

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEventsInput

type DescribeEventsInput struct {

	// The number of minutes to retrieve events for.
	//
	// Default: 60
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO
	// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
	// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification
	// subscription.
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier of the event source for which events will be returned. If
	// not specified, then all sources are included in the response.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided.
	//
	//   If the source type is DBInstance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be
	// supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is DBSecurityGroup, a DBSecurityGroupName must be supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is DBParameterGroup, a DBParameterGroupName must be
	// supplied.
	//
	//   If the source type is DBSnapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events
	// are returned.
	SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`

	// The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO
	// 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia
	// page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601)
	//
	// Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeEventsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeEventsInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEventsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeEventsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeEventsOutput

type DescribeEventsOutput struct {

	// A list of Event instances.
	Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this
	// parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker,
	// up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEvents action.

func (DescribeEventsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeEventsOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput struct {

	// A required parameter. Options available for the given engine name will be
	// described.
	EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// If specified, filters the results to include only options for the specified
	// major engine version.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput

type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// List of available option group options.
	OptionGroupOptions []*OptionGroupOption `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOption" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeOptionGroupsInput

type DescribeOptionGroupsInput struct {

	// Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with
	// a specific database engine.
	EngineName *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with
	// a specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must also
	// be specified.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The name of the option group to describe. Cannot be supplied together with
	// EngineName or MajorEngineVersion.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeOptionGroupsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeOptionGroupsInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeOptionGroupsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput

type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// List of option groups.
	OptionGroupsList []*OptionGroup `locationNameList:"OptionGroup" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

List of option groups.

func (DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct {

	// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified DB instance class.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for.
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified engine version.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified license model.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available VPC
	// or non-VPC offerings.
	Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput

type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about orderable
	// options for the DB instance.
	OrderableDBInstanceOptions []*OrderableDBInstanceOption `locationNameList:"OrderableDBInstanceOption" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions action.

func (DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct {

	// A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance
	// actions for.
	//
	// Supported filters:
	//
	//    db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon
	// Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include pending maintenance
	// actions for the DB instances identified by these ARNs.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
	// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
	// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for.
	ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput

type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions
	// request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records
	// beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource.
	PendingMaintenanceActions []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `locationNameList:"ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Data returned from the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions action.

func (DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput struct {

	// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those
	// reservations matching the specified DB instances class.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter
	// to show only reservations for this duration.
	//
	// Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000
	Duration *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
	// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
	// in the response so that the following results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those reservations
	// matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified offering type.
	//
	// Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
	// those reservations matching the specified product description.
	ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter
	// to show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID.
	ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`

	// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
	// purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput struct {

	// The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified DB instance class.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter
	// to show only reservations for this duration.
	//
	// Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000
	Duration *string `type:"string"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the
	// MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included
	// in the response so that the following results can be retrieved.
	//
	// Default: 100
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
	MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available
	// offerings matching the specified offering type.
	//
	// Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront"
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the
	// available offerings matching the specified product description.
	ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only
	// the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier.
	//
	// Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of reserved DB instance offerings.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferings []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstancesOffering" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings action.

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput

type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput struct {

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
	// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
	// the value specified by MaxRecords.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of reserved DB instances.
	ReservedDBInstances []*ReservedDBInstance `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstance" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstances action.

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type DomainMembership added in v1.1.14

type DomainMembership struct {

	// The identifier of the Active Directory Domain.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain.
	FQDN *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory
	// Service.
	IAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the DB instance's Active Directory Domain membership, such
	// as joined, pending-join, failed etc).
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with the DB instance.

func (DomainMembership) GoString added in v1.1.14

func (s DomainMembership) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DomainMembership) String added in v1.1.14

func (s DomainMembership) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput struct {

	// The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files
	// you want to list.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the log file to be downloaded.
	LogFileName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker
	// parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker
	// until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of lines to download. If the number of lines specified results
	// in a file over 1 MB in size, the file will be truncated at 1 MB in size.
	//
	// If the NumberOfLines parameter is specified, then the block of lines returned
	// can be from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending on the value
	// of the Marker parameter.
	//
	//   If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified, the entire log file
	// is returned up to a maximum of 10000 lines, starting with the most recent
	// log entries first.
	//
	//   If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker is not specified, then the most
	// recent lines from the end of the log file are returned.
	//
	//   If Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of lines from
	// the beginning of the log file are returned.
	//
	//   You can download the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the size
	// of the block using the NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value
	// of "0" for the Marker parameter in your first request. Include the Marker
	// value returned in the response as the Marker value for the next request,
	// continuing until the AdditionalDataPending response element returns false.
	NumberOfLines *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput

type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput struct {

	// Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be downloaded.
	AdditionalDataPending *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Entries from the specified log file.
	LogFileData *string `type:"string"`

	// A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DownloadDBLogFilePortion
	// request.
	Marker *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element to DownloadDBLogFilePortion.

func (DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type EC2SecurityGroup

type EC2SecurityGroup struct {

	// Specifies the id of the EC2 security group.
	EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the EC2 security group.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in
	// the EC2SecurityGroupName field.
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing",
	// "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked".
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress

DescribeDBSecurityGroups

RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress

func (EC2SecurityGroup) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s EC2SecurityGroup) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (EC2SecurityGroup) String added in v0.6.5

func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Endpoint

type Endpoint struct {

	// Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance.
	Address *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone.
	HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the following actions:

CreateDBInstance

DescribeDBInstances

DeleteDBInstance

func (Endpoint) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s Endpoint) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (Endpoint) String added in v0.6.5

func (s Endpoint) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EngineDefaults

type EngineDefaults struct {

	// Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default
	// parameters apply to.
	DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"`

	// An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request.
	// If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond
	// the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords .
	Marker *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains a list of engine default parameters.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters action.

func (EngineDefaults) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s EngineDefaults) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (EngineDefaults) String added in v0.6.5

func (s EngineDefaults) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Event

type Event struct {

	// Specifies the date and time of the event.
	Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Specifies the category for the event.
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// Provides the text of this event.
	Message *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides the identifier for the source of the event.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the source type for this event.
	SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEvents action.

func (Event) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s Event) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (Event) String added in v0.6.5

func (s Event) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EventCategoriesMap

type EventCategoriesMap struct {

	// The event categories for the specified source type
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The source type that the returned categories belong to
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventCategories action.

func (EventCategoriesMap) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (EventCategoriesMap) String added in v0.6.5

func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EventSubscription

type EventSubscription struct {

	// The RDS event notification subscription Id.
	CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification subscription.
	CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"`

	// A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates
	// the subscription is enabled.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription.
	EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription.
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription.
	SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"`

	// The source type for the RDS event notification subscription.
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the RDS event notification subscription.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	// Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active |
	// no-permission | topic-not-exist
	//
	// The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to
	// post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic
	// was deleted after the subscription was created.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The time the RDS event notification subscription was created.
	SubscriptionCreationTime *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions action.

func (EventSubscription) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (EventSubscription) String added in v0.6.5

func (s EventSubscription) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FailoverDBClusterInput added in v0.7.1

type FailoverDBClusterInput struct {

	// A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the instance to promote to the primary instance.
	//
	// You must specify the instance identifier for an Aurora Replica in the DB
	// cluster. For example, mydbcluster-replica1.
	TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (FailoverDBClusterInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (FailoverDBClusterInput) String added in v0.7.1

func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FailoverDBClusterOutput added in v0.7.1

type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (FailoverDBClusterOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (FailoverDBClusterOutput) String added in v0.7.1

func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Filter

type Filter struct {

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Values []*string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This type is not currently supported.

func (Filter) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s Filter) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (Filter) String added in v0.6.5

func (s Filter) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Filter) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *Filter) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type IPRange

type IPRange struct {

	// Specifies the IP range.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized",
	// "revoking", and "revoked".
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups action.

func (IPRange) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s IPRange) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (IPRange) String added in v0.6.5

func (s IPRange) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListTagsForResourceInput

type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {

	// This parameter is not currently supported.
	Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing an RDS
	// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
	ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ListTagsForResourceInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListTagsForResourceOutput

type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {

	// List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation.
	TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ListTagsForResourceOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBClusterInput added in v0.7.1

type ModifyDBClusterInput struct {

	// A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any
	// pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless
	// of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter
	// is set to false, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance
	// window.
	//
	// The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the NewDBClusterIdentifier and
	// MasterUserPassword values. If you set the ApplyImmediately parameter value
	// to false, then changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword
	// values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes
	// are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately
	// parameter.
	//
	// Default: false
	ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify
	// a minimum value of 1.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be a value from 1 to 35
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter
	// is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the identifier for an existing DB cluster.
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The new password for the master database user. This password can contain
	// any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster.
	// This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster2
	NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the
	// specified option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage
	// except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next maintenance
	// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
	// If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this
	// change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections
	// are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted.
	//
	// Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. The option group
	// cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections.
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred
	// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//   Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//   Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//   Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//  Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks
	// available, see  Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// A lst of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBClusterInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyDBClusterInput) String added in v0.7.1

func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBClusterOutput added in v0.7.1

type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBClusterOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyDBClusterOutput) String added in v0.7.1

func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput added in v0.7.1

type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput added in v1.1.30

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify.
	//
	// To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore.
	AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for.
	DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified
	// by AttributeName.
	//
	// To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot,
	// set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the
	// manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the
	// all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information
	// that you don't want available to all AWS accounts.
	ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`

	// A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified
	// by AttributeName.
	//
	// To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers,
	// or all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the
	// DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID
	// is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a
	// manual DB cluster snapshot.
	ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString added in v1.1.30

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) String added in v1.1.30

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate added in v1.1.30

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput added in v1.1.30

type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes
	// API action.
	//
	// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts
	// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see
	// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.
	DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString added in v1.1.30

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) String added in v1.1.30

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBInstanceInput

type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct {

	// The new storage capacity of the RDS instance. Changing this setting does
	// not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
	// window unless ApplyImmediately is set to true for this request.
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Valid Values: 5-6144
	//
	// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
	// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
	// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  MariaDB
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Valid Values: 5-6144
	//
	// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
	// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
	// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  PostgreSQL
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Valid Values: 5-6144
	//
	// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
	// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
	// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Valid Values: 10-6144
	//
	// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
	// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
	// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value.
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	// Cannot be modified.
	//
	// If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to
	// using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard
	// storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends
	// on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard
	// or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number
	// of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours,
	// but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration,
	// the DB instance will be available for use, but might experience performance
	// degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance
	// will be suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the
	// instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting
	// the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB
	// snapshot of the instance.
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter
	// does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as
	// soon as possible.
	//
	// Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value
	// for the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the
	// DB instance's current version.
	AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications
	// are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow
	// setting for the DB instance.
	//
	//  If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance are applied
	// during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage
	// and will be applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure
	// reboot. Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance and Using
	// the Apply Immediately Parameter (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html)
	// to see the impact that setting ApplyImmediately to true or false has for
	// each modified parameter and to determine when the changes will be applied.
	//
	// Default: false
	ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the
	// DB instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter does not
	// result in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously
	// applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set
	// to true during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available,
	// and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to
	// a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated
	// backups.
	//
	// Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you change from 0 to
	// a non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These changes are applied
	// during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter
	// is set to true for this request. If you change the parameter from one non-zero
	// value to another non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied as
	// soon as possible.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be a value from 0 to 35
	//
	//   Can be specified for a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running
	// MySQL 5.6
	//
	//   Can be specified for a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if the source is running
	// PostgreSQL 9.3.5
	//
	//   Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance.
	CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance;
	// otherwise false. The default is false.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance. To determine the
	// instance classes that are available for a particular DB engine, use the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions
	// action.
	//
	//  Passing a value for this setting causes an outage during the change and
	// is applied during the next maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately is
	// specified as true for this request.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge
	// | db.m2.xlarge | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large
	// | db.m3.xlarge | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge
	// | db.m4.4xlarge | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge
	// | db.r3.4xlarge | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium
	// | db.t2.large
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the identifier for an existing DB instance
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing
	// this setting does not result in an outage. The parameter group name itself
	// is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied
	// until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT
	// be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during
	// the next maintenance window.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group
	// family as this DB instance.
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
	//
	// The value of the DBPortNumber parameter must not match any of the port values
	// specified for options in the option group for the DB instance.
	//
	// Your database will restart when you change the DBPortNumber value regardless
	// of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	//  MariaDB
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	//  PostgreSQL
	//
	//  Default: 5432
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	//  Default: 1521
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	//  Default: 1433
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152
	// through 49156.
	//
	//  Amazon Aurora
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	//
	//  Valid Values: 1150-65535
	DBPortNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this
	// setting does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied
	// as soon as possible.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to
	// move your DB instance to a different VPC, or to a different subnet group
	// in the same VPC. If your DB instance is not in a VPC, you can also use this
	// parameter to move your DB instance into a VPC. For more information, see
	// Updating the VPC for a DB Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html#USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC).
	//
	// Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change
	// is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you specify true for
	// the ApplyImmediately parameter.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetGroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the Active Directory Domain to move the instance to.
	//
	// The specified Active Directory Domain must be created prior to this operation.
	// Currently only a SQL Server instance can be created in a Active Directory
	// Domain.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this parameter
	// results in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
	// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
	//
	// For major version upgrades, if a non-default DB parameter group is currently
	// in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family for the
	// new engine version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can be the
	// default for that DB parameter group family.
	//
	// For a list of valid engine versions, see CreateDBInstance.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance.
	// Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the change is applied
	// during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter
	// is set to true for this request.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Constraints: Value supplied must be at least 10% greater than the current
	// value. Values that are not at least 10% greater than the existing value are
	// rounded up so that they are 10% greater than the current value. If you are
	// migrating from Provisioned IOPS to standard storage, set this value to 0.
	// The DB instance will require a reboot for the change in storage type to take
	// effect.
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	// Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported.
	//
	// Type: Integer
	//
	// If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to
	// using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard
	// storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends
	// on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard
	// or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number
	// of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours,
	// but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration,
	// the DB instance will be available for use, but might experience performance
	// degradation. While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance
	// will be suspended. No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the
	// instance, including modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting
	// the instance, creating a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB
	// snapshot of the instance.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The license model for the DB instance.
	//
	// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// The new password for the DB instance master user. Can be any printable ASCII
	// character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	//  Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is
	// asynchronously applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request
	// and the completion of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists
	// in the PendingModifiedValues element of the operation response.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Constraints: Must be 8 to 41 alphanumeric characters (MySQL, MariaDB, and
	// Amazon Aurora), 8 to 30 alphanumeric characters (Oracle), or 8 to 128 alphanumeric
	// characters (SQL Server).
	//
	//  Amazon RDS API actions never return the password, so this action provides
	// a way to regain access to a primary instance user if the password is lost.
	// This includes restoring privileges that might have been accidentally revoked.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics
	// are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring
	// metrics, specify 0. The default is 0.
	//
	// If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval
	// to a value other than 0.
	//
	// Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60
	MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics
	// to CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess.
	// For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role
	// for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole).
	//
	// If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply
	// a MonitoringRoleArn value.
	MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter
	// does not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance
	// window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request.
	//
	// Constraints: Cannot be specified if the DB instance is a Read Replica.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance.
	// When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot will occur
	// immediately if you set Apply Immediately to true, or will occur during the
	// next maintenance window if Apply Immediately to false. This value is stored
	// as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option
	// group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except in the
	// following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance window
	// unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. If
	// the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change
	// can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected
	// but existing connections are not interrupted.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	// Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously
	// applied as soon as possible.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi
	//
	//   Times should be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC)
	//
	//   Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window
	//
	//   Must be at least 30 minutes
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur,
	// which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter does not result
	// in an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously
	// applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot,
	// and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing
	// this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window
	// to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current
	// time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied.
	//
	// Default: Uses existing setting
	//
	// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to
	// the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For
	// more information, see  Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance).
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Valid Values: 0 - 15
	PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Boolean value that indicates if the DB instance has a publicly resolvable
	// DNS name. Set to True to make the DB instance Internet-facing with a publicly
	// resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. Set to False
	// to make the DB instance internal with a DNS name that resolves to a private
	// IP address.
	//
	//  PubliclyAccessible only applies to DB instances in a VPC. The DB instance
	// must be part of a public subnet and PubliclyAccessible must be true in order
	// for it to be publicly accessible.
	//
	// Changes to the PubliclyAccessible parameter are applied immediately regardless
	// of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter.
	//
	// Default: false
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	//
	//  Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	//  If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	//  Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the
	// device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This
	// change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBInstanceInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyDBInstanceInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBInstanceOutput

type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBInstanceOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput

type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter
	// update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied;
	// subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified
	// in a single request.
	//
	// Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot
	//
	//  You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
	// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
	// are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput added in v0.10.4

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput struct {

	// The name of the DB snapshot attribute to modify.
	//
	// To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// DB snapshot, set this value to restore.
	AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of DB snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by AttributeName.
	//
	// To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual snapshot, set
	// this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the manual
	// DB snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the all value for any
	// manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want
	// available to all AWS accounts.
	ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`

	// A list of DB snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by
	// AttributeName.
	//
	// To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual
	// snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, or
	// all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the DB
	// snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID is explicitly
	// added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore the manual DB snapshot.
	ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString added in v0.10.4

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) String added in v0.10.4

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput added in v0.10.4

type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes
	// API action.
	//
	// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to
	// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute
	// API action.
	DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString added in v0.10.4

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) String added in v0.10.4

String returns the string representation

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct {

	// The description for the DB subnet group.
	DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group.
	SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput

type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBSubnetGroup
	//
	//    ModifyDBSubnetGroup
	//
	//    DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	//
	//    DeleteDBSubnetGroup
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups
	// action.
	DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput

type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {

	// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription.
	Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to.
	// You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events
	// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html)
	// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories
	// action.
	EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification.
	// The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to
	// it.
	SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The type of source that will be generating the events. For example, if you
	// want to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this
	// parameter to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are
	// returned.
	//
	// Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot
	SourceType *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput

type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type ModifyOptionGroupInput

type ModifyOptionGroupInput struct {

	// Indicates whether the changes should be applied immediately, or during the
	// next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option group.
	ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the option group to be modified.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present,
	// the specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration.
	OptionsToInclude []*OptionConfiguration `locationNameList:"OptionConfiguration" type:"list"`

	// Options in this list are removed from the option group.
	OptionsToRemove []*string `type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyOptionGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyOptionGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ModifyOptionGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ModifyOptionGroupOutput

type ModifyOptionGroupOutput struct {
	OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ModifyOptionGroupOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ModifyOptionGroupOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Option

type Option struct {

	// If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows
	// access to the port.
	DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"`

	// The description of the option.
	OptionDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option.
	OptionName *string `type:"string"`

	// The option settings for this option.
	OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"`

	// The version of the option.
	OptionVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicate if this option is permanent.
	Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicate if this option is persistent.
	Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// If required, the port configured for this option to use.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows
	// access to the port.
	VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Option details.

func (Option) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s Option) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (Option) String added in v0.6.5

func (s Option) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OptionConfiguration

type OptionConfiguration struct {

	// A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option.
	DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"`

	// The configuration of options to include in a group.
	OptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The option settings to include in an option group.
	OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"`

	// The version for the option.
	OptionVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The optional port for the option.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option.
	VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A list of all available options

func (OptionConfiguration) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s OptionConfiguration) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (OptionConfiguration) String added in v0.6.5

func (s OptionConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*OptionConfiguration) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *OptionConfiguration) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OptionGroup

type OptionGroup struct {

	// Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC
	// instances. The value true indicates the option group can be applied to both
	// VPC and non-VPC instances.
	AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to.
	EngineName *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides a description of the option group.
	OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the option group.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates what options are available in the option group.
	Options []*Option `locationNameList:"Option" type:"list"`

	// If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is false, this field is blank. If
	// AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is true and this field is blank, then
	// this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this
	// field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances
	// that are in the VPC indicated by this field.
	VpcId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (OptionGroup) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s OptionGroup) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (OptionGroup) String added in v0.6.5

func (s OptionGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OptionGroupMembership

type OptionGroupMembership struct {

	// The name of the option group that the instance belongs to.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are:
	// in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal,
	// applying, removing, and failed.
	Status *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of.

func (OptionGroupMembership) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s OptionGroupMembership) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (OptionGroupMembership) String added in v0.6.5

func (s OptionGroupMembership) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OptionGroupOption

type OptionGroupOption struct {

	// If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option.
	DefaultPort *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The description of the option.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the engine that this option can be applied to.
	EngineName *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for.
	MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied.
	MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the option settings that are available (and the default value)
	// for each option in an option group.
	OptionGroupOptionSettings []*OptionGroupOptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOptionSetting" type:"list"`

	// Specifies the versions that are available for the option.
	OptionGroupOptionVersions []*OptionVersion `locationNameList:"OptionVersion" type:"list"`

	// List of all options that are prerequisites for this option.
	OptionsDependedOn []*string `locationNameList:"OptionName" type:"list"`

	// A permanent option cannot be removed from the option group once the option
	// group is used, and it cannot be removed from the db instance after assigning
	// an option group with this permanent option.
	Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A persistent option cannot be removed from the option group once the option
	// group is used, but this option can be removed from the db instance while
	// modifying the related data and assigning another option group without this
	// option.
	Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies whether the option requires a port.
	PortRequired *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Available option.

func (OptionGroupOption) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s OptionGroupOption) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (OptionGroupOption) String added in v0.6.5

func (s OptionGroupOption) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OptionGroupOptionSetting

type OptionGroupOptionSetting struct {

	// Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option.
	AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option.
	ApplyType *string `type:"string"`

	// The default value for the option group option.
	DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`

	// Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be changed
	// from the default value.
	IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The description of the option group option.
	SettingDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option group option.
	SettingName *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Option group option settings are used to display settings available for each option with their default values and other information. These values are used with the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action.

func (OptionGroupOptionSetting) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (OptionGroupOptionSetting) String added in v0.6.5

func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OptionSetting

type OptionSetting struct {

	// The allowed values of the option setting.
	AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB engine specific parameter type.
	ApplyType *string `type:"string"`

	// The data type of the option setting.
	DataType *string `type:"string"`

	// The default value of the option setting.
	DefaultValue *string `type:"string"`

	// The description of the option setting.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection.
	IsCollection *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be modified
	// from the default.
	IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the option that has settings that you can set.
	Name *string `type:"string"`

	// The current value of the option setting.
	Value *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Option settings are the actual settings being applied or configured for that option. It is used when you modify an option group or describe option groups. For example, the NATIVE_NETWORK_ENCRYPTION option has a setting called SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER that can have several different values.

func (OptionSetting) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s OptionSetting) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (OptionSetting) String added in v0.6.5

func (s OptionSetting) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OptionVersion added in v1.3.0

type OptionVersion struct {

	// True if the version is the default version of the option; otherwise, false.
	IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The version of the option.
	Version *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The version for an option. Option group option versions are returned by the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action.

func (OptionVersion) GoString added in v1.3.0

func (s OptionVersion) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (OptionVersion) String added in v1.3.0

func (s OptionVersion) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OrderableDBInstanceOption

type OrderableDBInstanceOption struct {

	// A list of Availability Zones for the orderable DB instance.
	AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The DB instance class for the orderable DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The engine type of the orderable DB instance.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The engine version of the orderable DB instance.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The license model for the orderable DB instance.
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether this orderable DB instance is multi-AZ capable.
	MultiAZCapable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether this orderable DB instance can have a Read Replica.
	ReadReplicaCapable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates the storage type for this orderable DB instance.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether the DB instance supports enhanced monitoring at intervals
	// from 1 to 60 seconds.
	SupportsEnhancedMonitoring *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether this orderable DB instance supports provisioned IOPS.
	SupportsIops *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether this orderable DB instance supports encrypted storage.
	SupportsStorageEncryption *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Indicates whether this is a VPC orderable DB instance.
	Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains a list of available options for a DB instance

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions

action.

func (OrderableDBInstanceOption) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (OrderableDBInstanceOption) String added in v0.6.5

func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Parameter

type Parameter struct {

	// Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter.
	AllowedValues *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates when to apply parameter updates.
	ApplyMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ApplyMethod"`

	// Specifies the engine specific parameters type.
	ApplyType *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the valid data type for the parameter.
	DataType *string `type:"string"`

	// Provides a description of the parameter.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. Some
	// parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from
	// being changed.
	IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply.
	MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the name of the parameter.
	ParameterName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the value of the parameter.
	ParameterValue *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the source of the parameter value.
	Source *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a request parameter in the ModifyDBParameterGroup and ResetDBParameterGroup actions.

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters and DescribeDBParameters actions.

func (Parameter) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s Parameter) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (Parameter) String added in v0.6.5

func (s Parameter) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PendingMaintenanceAction

type PendingMaintenanceAction struct {

	// The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource.
	Action *string `type:"string"`

	// The date of the maintenance window when the action will be applied. The maintenance
	// action will be applied to the resource during its first maintenance window
	// after this date. If this date is specified, any next-maintenance opt-in requests
	// are ignored.
	AutoAppliedAfterDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The effective date when the pending maintenance action will be applied to
	// the resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from
	// the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API, the AutoAppliedAfterDate, and the
	// ForcedApplyDate. This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received
	// and nothing has been specified as AutoAppliedAfterDate or ForcedApplyDate.
	CurrentApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// A description providing more detail about the maintenance action.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The date when the maintenance action will be automatically applied. The maintenance
	// action will be applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance
	// window for the resource. If this date is specified, any immediate opt-in
	// requests are ignored.
	ForcedApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource.
	OptInStatus *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource.

func (PendingMaintenanceAction) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PendingMaintenanceAction) String added in v0.6.5

func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PendingModifiedValues

type PendingModifiedValues struct {

	// Contains the new AllocatedStorage size for the DB instance that will be applied
	// or is in progress.
	AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained.
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance.
	CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied
	// or is in progress.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the new DBInstanceIdentifier for the DB instance that will be applied
	// or is in progress.
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// The new DB subnet group for the DB instance.
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates the database engine version.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be
	// applied or is being applied.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The license model for the DB instance.
	//
	// Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Contains the pending or in-progress change of the master credentials for
	// the DB instance.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the pending port for the DB instance.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBInstance action.

func (PendingModifiedValues) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PendingModifiedValues) String added in v0.6.5

func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput added in v1.1.35

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput struct {

	// The identifier of the DB cluster Read Replica to promote. This parameter
	// is not case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster-replica1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) GoString added in v1.1.35

GoString returns the string representation

func (PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) String added in v1.1.35

String returns the string representation

func (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) Validate added in v1.1.35

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput added in v1.1.35

type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) GoString added in v1.1.35

GoString returns the string representation

func (PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) String added in v1.1.35

String returns the string representation

type PromoteReadReplicaInput

type PromoteReadReplicaInput struct {

	// The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to
	// a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated
	// backups.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be a value from 0 to 8
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the identifier for an existing Read Replica DB instance
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: mydbinstance
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	//
	//  Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of
	// time per region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred
	// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//   Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//   Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//   Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PromoteReadReplicaInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PromoteReadReplicaInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PromoteReadReplicaInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PromoteReadReplicaOutput

type PromoteReadReplicaOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PromoteReadReplicaOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (PromoteReadReplicaOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput struct {

	// The number of instances to reserve.
	//
	// Default: 1
	DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation.
	//
	// Example: myreservationID
	ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`

	// The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase.
	//
	// Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput

type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput struct {

	// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances
	// and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions.
	ReservedDBInstance *ReservedDBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type RDS

type RDS struct {
	*client.Client
}

Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) is a web service that makes it easier to set up, operate, and scale a relational database in the cloud. It provides cost-efficient, resizeable capacity for an industry-standard relational database and manages common database administration tasks, freeing up developers to focus on what makes their applications and businesses unique.

Amazon RDS gives you access to the capabilities of a MySQL, MariaDB, PostgreSQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, or Amazon Aurora database server. These capabilities mean that the code, applications, and tools you already use today with your existing databases work with Amazon RDS without modification. Amazon RDS automatically backs up your database and maintains the database software that powers your DB instance. Amazon RDS is flexible: you can scale your database instance's compute resources and storage capacity to meet your application's demand. As with all Amazon Web Services, there are no up-front investments, and you pay only for the resources you use.

This interface reference for Amazon RDS contains documentation for a programming or command line interface you can use to manage Amazon RDS. Note that Amazon RDS is asynchronous, which means that some interfaces might require techniques such as polling or callback functions to determine when a command has been applied. In this reference, the parameter descriptions indicate whether a command is applied immediately, on the next instance reboot, or during the maintenance window. The reference structure is as follows, and we list following some related topics from the user guide.

Amazon RDS API Reference

 For the alphabetical list of API actions, see API Actions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_Operations.html).

 For the alphabetical list of data types, see Data Types (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/API_Types.html).

 For a list of common query parameters, see Common Parameters (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/CommonParameters.html).

 For descriptions of the error codes, see Common Errors (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/APIReference/CommonErrors.html).

  Amazon RDS User Guide

 For a summary of the Amazon RDS interfaces, see Available RDS Interfaces

(http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Welcome.html#Welcome.Interfaces).

For more information about how to use the Query API, see Using the Query

API (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Using_the_Query_API.html). The service client's operations are safe to be used concurrently. It is not safe to mutate any of the client's properties though.

func New

func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *RDS

New creates a new instance of the RDS client with a session. If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional aws.Config parameter to add your extra config.

Example:

// Create a RDS client from just a session.
svc := rds.New(mySession)

// Create a RDS client with additional configuration
svc := rds.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2"))

func (*RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription

func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error)

Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification subscription.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput{
		SourceIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		SubscriptionName: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest

func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput)

AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest method.
req, resp := client.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) AddTagsToResource

func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error)

Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS resources, or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for Amazon RDS.

For an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html).

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.AddTagsToResourceInput{
		ResourceName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{ // Required
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.AddTagsToResource(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) AddTagsToResourceRequest

func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput)

AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the AddTagsToResource method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method.
req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction

func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error)

Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB instance).

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput{
		ApplyAction:        aws.String("String"), // Required
		OptInType:          aws.String("String"), // Required
		ResourceIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest

func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput)

ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest method.
req, resp := client.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress

func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error)

Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of authorization. First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the DBSecurityGroup if the application using the database is running on EC2 or VPC instances. Second, IP ranges are available if the application accessing your database is running on the Internet. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDR range, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId for non-VPC).

You cannot authorize ingress from an EC2 security group in one region to

an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. You cannot authorize ingress from a VPC security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another.

For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).
Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{
		DBSecurityGroupName:     aws.String("String"), // Required
		CIDRIP:                  aws.String("String"),
		EC2SecurityGroupId:      aws.String("String"),
		EC2SecurityGroupName:    aws.String("String"),
		EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId: aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest

func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput)

AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
req, resp := client.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup added in v1.2.5

func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{
		SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier:  aws.String("String"), // Required
		TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription: aws.String("String"), // Required
		TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier:  aws.String("String"), // Required
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v1.2.5

func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput)

CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshot added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput{
		SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CopyDBClusterSnapshot(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput)

CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CopyDBClusterSnapshot method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CopyDBParameterGroup

func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroup(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error)

Copies the specified DB parameter group.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CopyDBParameterGroupInput{
		SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier:  aws.String("String"), // Required
		TargetDBParameterGroupDescription: aws.String("String"), // Required
		TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier:  aws.String("String"), // Required
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CopyDBParameterGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput)

CopyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CopyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CopyDBParameterGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CopyDBParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CopyDBSnapshot

func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshot(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error)

Copies the specified DB snapshot. The source DB snapshot must be in the "available" state.

If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CopyDBSnapshotInput{
		SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		CopyTags:                   aws.Bool(true),
		KmsKeyId:                   aws.String("String"),
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CopyDBSnapshot(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CopyDBSnapshotRequest

func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBSnapshotOutput)

CopyDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CopyDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CopyDBSnapshot method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CopyDBSnapshotRequest method.
req, resp := client.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CopyOptionGroup

func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroup(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error)

Copies the specified option group.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CopyOptionGroupInput{
		SourceOptionGroupIdentifier:  aws.String("String"), // Required
		TargetOptionGroupDescription: aws.String("String"), // Required
		TargetOptionGroupIdentifier:  aws.String("String"), // Required
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CopyOptionGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CopyOptionGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupRequest(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyOptionGroupOutput)

CopyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CopyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CopyOptionGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CopyOptionGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.CopyOptionGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CreateDBCluster added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) CreateDBCluster(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error)

Creates a new Amazon Aurora DB cluster.

You can use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create the DB cluster as a Read Replica of another DB cluster.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CreateDBClusterInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Engine:              aws.String("String"), // Required
		AvailabilityZones: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
		BackupRetentionPeriod:       aws.Int64(1),
		CharacterSetName:            aws.String("String"),
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"),
		DBSubnetGroupName:           aws.String("String"),
		DatabaseName:                aws.String("String"),
		EngineVersion:               aws.String("String"),
		KmsKeyId:                    aws.String("String"),
		MasterUserPassword:          aws.String("String"),
		MasterUsername:              aws.String("String"),
		OptionGroupName:             aws.String("String"),
		Port:                        aws.Int64(1),
		PreferredBackupWindow:       aws.String("String"),
		PreferredMaintenanceWindow:  aws.String("String"),
		ReplicationSourceIdentifier: aws.String("String"),
		StorageEncrypted:            aws.Bool(true),
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
		VpcSecurityGroupIds: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CreateDBCluster(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

Creates a new DB cluster parameter group.

Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances in a DB cluster.

A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters

for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB cluster parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster. When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running DB cluster, you need to reboot the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for the new DB cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect.

After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least

5 minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is used as the default for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or modified.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)

in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput{
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		DBParameterGroupFamily:      aws.String("String"), // Required
		Description:                 aws.String("String"), // Required
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput)

CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CreateDBClusterRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterOutput)

CreateDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateDBCluster operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CreateDBCluster method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshot added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier:         aws.String("String"), // Required
		DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CreateDBClusterSnapshot(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput)

CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CreateDBClusterSnapshot method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CreateDBInstance

func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstance(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error)

Creates a new DB instance.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CreateDBInstanceInput{
		DBInstanceClass:         aws.String("String"), // Required
		DBInstanceIdentifier:    aws.String("String"), // Required
		Engine:                  aws.String("String"), // Required
		AllocatedStorage:        aws.Int64(1),
		AutoMinorVersionUpgrade: aws.Bool(true),
		AvailabilityZone:        aws.String("String"),
		BackupRetentionPeriod:   aws.Int64(1),
		CharacterSetName:        aws.String("String"),
		CopyTagsToSnapshot:      aws.Bool(true),
		DBClusterIdentifier:     aws.String("String"),
		DBName:                  aws.String("String"),
		DBParameterGroupName:    aws.String("String"),
		DBSecurityGroups: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
		DBSubnetGroupName:          aws.String("String"),
		Domain:                     aws.String("String"),
		DomainIAMRoleName:          aws.String("String"),
		EngineVersion:              aws.String("String"),
		Iops:                       aws.Int64(1),
		KmsKeyId:                   aws.String("String"),
		LicenseModel:               aws.String("String"),
		MasterUserPassword:         aws.String("String"),
		MasterUsername:             aws.String("String"),
		MonitoringInterval:         aws.Int64(1),
		MonitoringRoleArn:          aws.String("String"),
		MultiAZ:                    aws.Bool(true),
		OptionGroupName:            aws.String("String"),
		Port:                       aws.Int64(1),
		PreferredBackupWindow:      aws.String("String"),
		PreferredMaintenanceWindow: aws.String("String"),
		PromotionTier:              aws.Int64(1),
		PubliclyAccessible:         aws.Bool(true),
		StorageEncrypted:           aws.Bool(true),
		StorageType:                aws.String("String"),
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
		TdeCredentialArn:      aws.String("String"),
		TdeCredentialPassword: aws.String("String"),
		VpcSecurityGroupIds: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CreateDBInstance(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplica

func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplica(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error)

Creates a DB instance for a DB instance running MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL that acts as a Read Replica of a source DB instance.

All Read Replica DB instances are created as Single-AZ deployments with backups disabled. All other DB instance attributes (including DB security groups and DB parameter groups) are inherited from the source DB instance, except as specified below.

The source DB instance must have backup retention enabled.
Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier:       aws.String("String"), // Required
		SourceDBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		AutoMinorVersionUpgrade:    aws.Bool(true),
		AvailabilityZone:           aws.String("String"),
		CopyTagsToSnapshot:         aws.Bool(true),
		DBInstanceClass:            aws.String("String"),
		DBSubnetGroupName:          aws.String("String"),
		Iops:                       aws.Int64(1),
		MonitoringInterval:         aws.Int64(1),
		MonitoringRoleArn:          aws.String("String"),
		OptionGroupName:            aws.String("String"),
		Port:                       aws.Int64(1),
		PubliclyAccessible:         aws.Bool(true),
		StorageType:                aws.String("String"),
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CreateDBInstanceReadReplica(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest

func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput)

CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CreateDBInstanceRequest

func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceOutput)

CreateDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateDBInstance operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CreateDBInstance method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CreateDBParameterGroup

func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroup(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error)

Creates a new DB parameter group.

A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for

the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated settings to take effect.

After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes

before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group has been created or modified.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CreateDBParameterGroupInput{
		DBParameterGroupFamily: aws.String("String"), // Required
		DBParameterGroupName:   aws.String("String"), // Required
		Description:            aws.String("String"), // Required
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CreateDBParameterGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput)

CreateDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CreateDBParameterGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CreateDBParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroup

func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroup(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error)

Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB instance.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CreateDBSecurityGroupInput{
		DBSecurityGroupDescription: aws.String("String"), // Required
		DBSecurityGroupName:        aws.String("String"), // Required
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CreateDBSecurityGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput)

CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CreateDBSecurityGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CreateDBSnapshot

func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshot(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error)

Creates a DBSnapshot. The source DBInstance must be in "available" state.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CreateDBSnapshotInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		DBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CreateDBSnapshot(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CreateDBSnapshotRequest

func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSnapshotOutput)

CreateDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CreateDBSnapshot method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CreateDBSnapshotRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroup

func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroup(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error)

Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one subnet in at least two AZs in the region.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CreateDBSubnetGroupInput{
		DBSubnetGroupDescription: aws.String("String"), // Required
		DBSubnetGroupName:        aws.String("String"), // Required
		SubnetIds: []*string{ // Required
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CreateDBSubnetGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput)

CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CreateDBSubnetGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CreateEventSubscription

func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a topic ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the RDS console, the SNS console, or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console.

You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified of, provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, and provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want to be notified of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance, SourceIds = mydbinstance1, mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability, Backup.

If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you will be notified of all the db-instance events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify a SourceIdentifier, you will receive notice of the events for that source type for all your RDS sources. If you do not specify either the SourceType nor the SourceIdentifier, you will be notified of events generated from all RDS sources belonging to your customer account.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CreateEventSubscriptionInput{
		SnsTopicArn:      aws.String("String"), // Required
		SubscriptionName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Enabled:          aws.Bool(true),
		EventCategories: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
		SourceIds: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
		SourceType: aws.String("String"),
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CreateEventSubscription(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest

func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput)

CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CreateEventSubscription method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) CreateOptionGroup

func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroup(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error)

Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.CreateOptionGroupInput{
		EngineName:             aws.String("String"), // Required
		MajorEngineVersion:     aws.String("String"), // Required
		OptionGroupDescription: aws.String("String"), // Required
		OptionGroupName:        aws.String("String"), // Required
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.CreateOptionGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) CreateOptionGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupRequest(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateOptionGroupOutput)

CreateOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the CreateOptionGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the CreateOptionGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the CreateOptionGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.CreateOptionGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DeleteDBCluster added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBCluster(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error)

The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted and cannot be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster are not deleted.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)

in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DeleteDBClusterInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier:       aws.String("String"), // Required
		FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"),
		SkipFinalSnapshot:         aws.Bool(true),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DeleteDBCluster(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error)

Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter group to be deleted cannot be associated with any DB clusters.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput{
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput)

DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DeleteDBClusterRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterOutput)

DeleteDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteDBCluster operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBCluster method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error)

Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation is terminated.

The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)

in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput{
		DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput)

DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DeleteDBInstance

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstance(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error)

The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are deleted and cannot be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to be deleted by DeleteDBInstance are not deleted.

If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon RDS DB instance

is deleting until the DB snapshot is created. The API action DescribeDBInstance is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action cannot be canceled or reverted once submitted.

Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed, incompatible-restore, or incompatible-network, you can only delete it when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to true.

If the specified DB instance is part of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, you cannot delete the DB instance if the following are true:

The DB cluster is a Read Replica of another Amazon Aurora DB cluster.

The DB instance is the only instance in the DB cluster.

To delete a DB instance in this case, first call the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster

API action to promote the DB cluster so it's no longer a Read Replica. After the promotion completes, then call the DeleteDBInstance API action to delete the final instance in the DB cluster.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DeleteDBInstanceInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier:      aws.String("String"), // Required
		FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"),
		SkipFinalSnapshot:         aws.Bool(true),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DeleteDBInstance(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DeleteDBInstanceRequest

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceOutput)

DeleteDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteDBInstance operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBInstance method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DeleteDBInstanceRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroup

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error)

Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted cannot be associated with any DB instances.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DeleteDBParameterGroupInput{
		DBParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.DeleteDBParameterGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput)

DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBParameterGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroup

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroup(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error)

Deletes a DB security group.

The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances.
Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput{
		DBSecurityGroupName: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.DeleteDBSecurityGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput)

DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBSecurityGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DeleteDBSnapshot

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshot(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error)

Deletes a DBSnapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation is terminated.

The DBSnapshot must be in the available state to be deleted.
Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DeleteDBSnapshotInput{
		DBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.DeleteDBSnapshot(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput)

DeleteDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBSnapshot method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSnapshotRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroup

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error)

Deletes a DB subnet group.

The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB

instances.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput{
		DBSubnetGroupName: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.DeleteDBSubnetGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput)

DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DeleteDBSubnetGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DeleteEventSubscription

func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

Deletes an RDS event notification subscription.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{
		SubscriptionName: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.DeleteEventSubscription(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest

func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput)

DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DeleteEventSubscription method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DeleteOptionGroup

func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroup(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error)

Deletes an existing option group.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DeleteOptionGroupInput{
		OptionGroupName: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.DeleteOptionGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DeleteOptionGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteOptionGroupOutput)

DeleteOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DeleteOptionGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DeleteOptionGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DeleteOptionGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeAccountAttributes

func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributes(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error)

Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances allowed. The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage toward that quota, and the quota's maximum value.

This command does not take any parameters.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	var params *rds.DescribeAccountAttributesInput
	resp, err := svc.DescribeAccountAttributes(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput)

DescribeAccountAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeAccountAttributes operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeAccountAttributes method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeAccountAttributesRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeCertificates

func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificates(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error)

Lists the set of CA certificates provided by Amazon RDS for this AWS account.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeCertificatesInput{
		CertificateIdentifier: aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:     aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords: aws.Int64(1),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeCertificates(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeCertificatesRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCertificatesOutput)

DescribeCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeCertificates operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeCertificates method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeCertificatesRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeCertificatesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error)

Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified DB cluster parameter group.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput{
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:     aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords: aws.Int64(1),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput)

DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameters added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameters(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error)

Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter group.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBClusterParametersInput{
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:     aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords: aws.Int64(1),
		Source:     aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBClusterParameters(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput)

DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameters operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusterParameters method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes added in v1.1.30

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error)

Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB cluster snapshot.

When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts.

To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput{
		DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest added in v1.1.30

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput)

DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error)

Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports pagination.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier:         aws.String("String"),
		DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		IncludePublic: aws.Bool(true),
		IncludeShared: aws.Bool(true),
		Marker:        aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords:    aws.Int64(1),
		SnapshotType:  aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput)

DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBClusters added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusters(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error)

Returns information about provisioned Aurora DB clusters. This API supports pagination.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBClustersInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier: aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:     aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords: aws.Int64(1),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBClusters(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBClustersRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClustersOutput)

DescribeDBClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBClusters operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBClusters method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClustersRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBClustersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersions

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersions(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error)

Returns a list of the available DB engines.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput{
		DBParameterGroupFamily: aws.String("String"),
		DefaultOnly:            aws.Bool(true),
		Engine:                 aws.String("String"),
		EngineVersion:          aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		ListSupportedCharacterSets: aws.Bool(true),
		Marker:                     aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords:                 aws.Int64(1),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBEngineVersions(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeDBEngineVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput)

DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBEngineVersions method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBInstances

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstances(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error)

Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports pagination.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBInstancesInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:     aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords: aws.Int64(1),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBInstances(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeDBInstancesPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeDBInstancesRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstancesOutput)

DescribeDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBInstances operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBInstances method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBInstancesRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBLogFiles

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFiles(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error)

Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBLogFilesInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		FileLastWritten:      aws.Int64(1),
		FileSize:             aws.Int64(1),
		FilenameContains:     aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:     aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords: aws.Int64(1),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBLogFiles(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPages(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeDBLogFilesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeDBLogFiles method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeDBLogFilesPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput)

DescribeDBLogFilesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBLogFiles operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBLogFiles method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBLogFilesRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroups

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error)

Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified DB parameter group.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput{
		DBParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:     aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords: aws.Int64(1),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBParameterGroups(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeDBParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput)

DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBParameterGroups method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBParameters

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameters(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error)

Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBParametersInput{
		DBParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:     aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords: aws.Int64(1),
		Source:     aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBParameters(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBParametersPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPages(input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeDBParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeDBParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeDBParametersPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeDBParametersRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParametersOutput)

DescribeDBParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBParameters operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBParameters method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParametersRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBParametersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroups

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroups(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error)

Returns a list of DBSecurityGroup descriptions. If a DBSecurityGroupName is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DB security group.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput{
		DBSecurityGroupName: aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:     aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords: aws.Int64(1),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBSecurityGroups(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeDBSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput)

DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBSecurityGroups method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes added in v0.10.4

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error)

Returns a list of DB snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB snapshot.

When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If all is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts.

To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot, or to make the manual DB snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput{
		DBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest added in v0.10.4

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput)

DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBSnapshots

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshots(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error)

Returns information about DB snapshots. This API action supports pagination.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBSnapshotsInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("String"),
		DBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		IncludePublic: aws.Bool(true),
		IncludeShared: aws.Bool(true),
		Marker:        aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords:    aws.Int64(1),
		SnapshotType:  aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBSnapshots(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeDBSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeDBSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput)

DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshots operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBSnapshots method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroups

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error)

Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup.

For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing).

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput{
		DBSubnetGroupName: aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:     aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords: aws.Int64(1),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeDBSubnetGroups(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeDBSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput)

DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeDBSubnetGroups method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error)

Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster database engine.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput{
		DBParameterGroupFamily: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:     aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords: aws.Int64(1),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput)

DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters

func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error)

Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified database engine.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput{
		DBParameterGroupFamily: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:     aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords: aws.Int64(1),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(p *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput)

DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeEventCategories

func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error)

Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified, for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event categories and source types in the Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeEventCategoriesInput{
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		SourceType: aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeEventCategories(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput)

DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeEventCategories method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptions

func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error)

Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType, SourceID, CreationTime, and Status.

If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:           aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords:       aws.Int64(1),
		SubscriptionName: aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeEventSubscriptions(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput)

DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeEventSubscriptions method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeEvents

func (c *RDS) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error)

Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots, and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB parameter group can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past hour of events are returned.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"
	"time"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeEventsInput{
		Duration: aws.Int64(1),
		EndTime:  aws.Time(time.Now()),
		EventCategories: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:           aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords:       aws.Int64(1),
		SourceIdentifier: aws.String("String"),
		SourceType:       aws.String("SourceType"),
		StartTime:        aws.Time(time.Now()),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeEvents(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeEventsPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(p *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeEventsRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput)

DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeEvents method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptions

func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptions(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error)

Describes all available options.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput{
		EngineName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		MajorEngineVersion: aws.String("String"),
		Marker:             aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords:         aws.Int64(1),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeOptionGroupOptions(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeOptionGroupOptions method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput)

DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeOptionGroupOptions method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeOptionGroups

func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroups(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error)

Describes the available option groups.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeOptionGroupsInput{
		EngineName: aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		MajorEngineVersion: aws.String("String"),
		Marker:             aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords:         aws.Int64(1),
		OptionGroupName:    aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeOptionGroups(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(p *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeOptionGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeOptionGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeOptionGroupsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput)

DescribeOptionGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeOptionGroups operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeOptionGroups method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions

func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error)

Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput{
		Engine:          aws.String("String"), // Required
		DBInstanceClass: aws.String("String"),
		EngineVersion:   aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		LicenseModel: aws.String("String"),
		Marker:       aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords:   aws.Int64(1),
		Vpc:          aws.Bool(true),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(p *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput)

DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions

func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error)

Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least one pending maintenance action.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput{
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:             aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords:         aws.Int64(1),
		ResourceIdentifier: aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput)

DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstances

func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstances(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error)

Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about a specified reserved DB instance.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput{
		DBInstanceClass: aws.String("String"),
		Duration:        aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:                        aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords:                    aws.Int64(1),
		MultiAZ:                       aws.Bool(true),
		OfferingType:                  aws.String("String"),
		ProductDescription:            aws.String("String"),
		ReservedDBInstanceId:          aws.String("String"),
		ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId: aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeReservedDBInstances(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings

func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error)

Lists available reserved DB instance offerings.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput{
		DBInstanceClass: aws.String("String"),
		Duration:        aws.String("String"),
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		Marker:                        aws.String("String"),
		MaxRecords:                    aws.Int64(1),
		MultiAZ:                       aws.Bool(true),
		OfferingType:                  aws.String("String"),
		ProductDescription:            aws.String("String"),
		ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId: aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(p *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput)

DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages

func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(p *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DescribeReservedDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(params,
    func(page *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest

func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput)

DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstances operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DescribeReservedDBInstances method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest method.
req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortion

func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortion(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error)

Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file, up to 1 MB in size.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		LogFileName:          aws.String("String"), // Required
		Marker:               aws.String("String"),
		NumberOfLines:        aws.Int64(1),
	}
	resp, err := svc.DownloadDBLogFilePortion(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages

func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(p *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, lastPage bool) (shouldContinue bool)) error

DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages iterates over the pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation, calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop iterating, return false from the fn function.

See DownloadDBLogFilePortion method for more information on how to use this operation.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.

// Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation.
pageNum := 0
err := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(params,
    func(page *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
        pageNum++
        fmt.Println(page)
        return pageNum <= 3
    })

func (*RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest

func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput)

DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the DownloadDBLogFilePortion method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest method.
req, resp := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) FailoverDBCluster added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) FailoverDBCluster(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error)

Forces a failover for a DB cluster.

A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the read-only instances in the DB cluster to the master DB instance (the cluster writer) and deletes the current primary instance.

Amazon Aurora will automatically fail over to a read-only instance, if one exists, when the primary instance fails. You can force a failover when you want to simulate a failure of a DB instance for testing. Because each instance in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address, you will need to clean up and re-establish any existing connections that use those endpoint addresses when the failover is complete.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.FailoverDBClusterInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier:        aws.String("String"),
		TargetDBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.FailoverDBCluster(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) FailoverDBClusterRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverDBClusterOutput)

FailoverDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the FailoverDBCluster operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the FailoverDBCluster method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the FailoverDBClusterRequest method.
req, resp := client.FailoverDBClusterRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) ListTagsForResource

func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error)

Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource.

For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html).

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.ListTagsForResourceInput{
		ResourceName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Filters: []*rds.Filter{
			{ // Required
				Name: aws.String("String"), // Required
				Values: []*string{ // Required
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.ListTagsForResource(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) ListTagsForResourceRequest

func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput)

ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the ListTagsForResource method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) ModifyDBCluster added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBCluster(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error)

Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. You can change one or more database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.ModifyDBClusterInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier:         aws.String("String"), // Required
		ApplyImmediately:            aws.Bool(true),
		BackupRetentionPeriod:       aws.Int64(1),
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"),
		MasterUserPassword:          aws.String("String"),
		NewDBClusterIdentifier:      aws.String("String"),
		OptionGroupName:             aws.String("String"),
		Port:                        aws.Int64(1),
		PreferredBackupWindow:       aws.String("String"),
		PreferredMaintenanceWindow:  aws.String("String"),
		VpcSecurityGroupIds: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.ModifyDBCluster(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error)

Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static

parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB cluster associated with the parameter group before the change can take effect.

After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least

5 minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or modified.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Parameters: []*rds.Parameter{ // Required
			{ // Required
				AllowedValues:        aws.String("String"),
				ApplyMethod:          aws.String("ApplyMethod"),
				ApplyType:            aws.String("String"),
				DataType:             aws.String("String"),
				Description:          aws.String("String"),
				IsModifiable:         aws.Bool(true),
				MinimumEngineVersion: aws.String("String"),
				ParameterName:        aws.String("String"),
				ParameterValue:       aws.String("String"),
				Source:               aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage)

ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) ModifyDBClusterRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterOutput)

ModifyDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyDBCluster operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBCluster method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute added in v1.1.30

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error)

Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, a manual DB cluster snapshot.

To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public, which means that it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts.

To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action.

If a manual DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it cannot be shared.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput{
		AttributeName:               aws.String("String"), // Required
		DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		ValuesToAdd: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
		ValuesToRemove: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest added in v1.1.30

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput)

ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) ModifyDBInstance

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstance(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error)

Modify settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the request.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.ModifyDBInstanceInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier:     aws.String("String"), // Required
		AllocatedStorage:         aws.Int64(1),
		AllowMajorVersionUpgrade: aws.Bool(true),
		ApplyImmediately:         aws.Bool(true),
		AutoMinorVersionUpgrade:  aws.Bool(true),
		BackupRetentionPeriod:    aws.Int64(1),
		CACertificateIdentifier:  aws.String("String"),
		CopyTagsToSnapshot:       aws.Bool(true),
		DBInstanceClass:          aws.String("String"),
		DBParameterGroupName:     aws.String("String"),
		DBPortNumber:             aws.Int64(1),
		DBSecurityGroups: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
		DBSubnetGroupName:          aws.String("String"),
		Domain:                     aws.String("String"),
		DomainIAMRoleName:          aws.String("String"),
		EngineVersion:              aws.String("String"),
		Iops:                       aws.Int64(1),
		LicenseModel:               aws.String("String"),
		MasterUserPassword:         aws.String("String"),
		MonitoringInterval:         aws.Int64(1),
		MonitoringRoleArn:          aws.String("String"),
		MultiAZ:                    aws.Bool(true),
		NewDBInstanceIdentifier:    aws.String("String"),
		OptionGroupName:            aws.String("String"),
		PreferredBackupWindow:      aws.String("String"),
		PreferredMaintenanceWindow: aws.String("String"),
		PromotionTier:              aws.Int64(1),
		PubliclyAccessible:         aws.Bool(true),
		StorageType:                aws.String("String"),
		TdeCredentialArn:           aws.String("String"),
		TdeCredentialPassword:      aws.String("String"),
		VpcSecurityGroupIds: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.ModifyDBInstance(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) ModifyDBInstanceRequest

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBInstanceOutput)

ModifyDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyDBInstance operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBInstance method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the ModifyDBInstanceRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroup

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error)

Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request.

Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static

parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance associated with the parameter group before the change can take effect.

After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes

before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete the modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group has been created or modified.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.ModifyDBParameterGroupInput{
		DBParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Parameters: []*rds.Parameter{ // Required
			{ // Required
				AllowedValues:        aws.String("String"),
				ApplyMethod:          aws.String("ApplyMethod"),
				ApplyType:            aws.String("String"),
				DataType:             aws.String("String"),
				Description:          aws.String("String"),
				IsModifiable:         aws.Bool(true),
				MinimumEngineVersion: aws.String("String"),
				ParameterName:        aws.String("String"),
				ParameterValue:       aws.String("String"),
				Source:               aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.ModifyDBParameterGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage)

ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBParameterGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute added in v0.10.4

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error)

Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, a manual DB snapshot.

To share a manual DB snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB snapshot. Uses the value all to make the manual DB snapshot public, which means it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not add the all value for any manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts.

To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot, or whether a manual DB snapshot public or private, use the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API action.

If the manual DB snapshot is encrypted, it cannot be shared.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput{
		AttributeName:        aws.String("String"), // Required
		DBSnapshotIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		ValuesToAdd: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
		ValuesToRemove: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest added in v0.10.4

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput)

ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroup

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error)

Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one subnet in at least two AZs in the region.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput{
		DBSubnetGroupName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		SubnetIds: []*string{ // Required
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
		DBSubnetGroupDescription: aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.ModifyDBSubnetGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput)

ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the ModifyDBSubnetGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) ModifyEventSubscription

func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error)

Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. Note that you cannot modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source identifiers for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription calls.

You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType in the Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories action.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{
		SubscriptionName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Enabled:          aws.Bool(true),
		EventCategories: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
		SnsTopicArn: aws.String("String"),
		SourceType:  aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.ModifyEventSubscription(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest

func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput)

ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the ModifyEventSubscription method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) ModifyOptionGroup

func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroup(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error)

Modifies an existing option group.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.ModifyOptionGroupInput{
		OptionGroupName:  aws.String("String"), // Required
		ApplyImmediately: aws.Bool(true),
		OptionsToInclude: []*rds.OptionConfiguration{
			{ // Required
				OptionName: aws.String("String"), // Required
				DBSecurityGroupMemberships: []*string{
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
				OptionSettings: []*rds.OptionSetting{
					{ // Required
						AllowedValues: aws.String("String"),
						ApplyType:     aws.String("String"),
						DataType:      aws.String("String"),
						DefaultValue:  aws.String("String"),
						Description:   aws.String("String"),
						IsCollection:  aws.Bool(true),
						IsModifiable:  aws.Bool(true),
						Name:          aws.String("String"),
						Value:         aws.String("String"),
					},
					// More values...
				},
				OptionVersion: aws.String("String"),
				Port:          aws.Int64(1),
				VpcSecurityGroupMemberships: []*string{
					aws.String("String"), // Required
					// More values...
				},
			},
			// More values...
		},
		OptionsToRemove: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.ModifyOptionGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) ModifyOptionGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyOptionGroupOutput)

ModifyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ModifyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the ModifyOptionGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the ModifyOptionGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) PromoteReadReplica

func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplica(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error)

Promotes a Read Replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance.

We recommend that you enable automated backups on your Read Replica before

promoting the Read Replica. This ensures that no backup is taken during the promotion process. Once the instance is promoted to a primary instance, backups are taken based on your backup settings.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.PromoteReadReplicaInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier:  aws.String("String"), // Required
		BackupRetentionPeriod: aws.Int64(1),
		PreferredBackupWindow: aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.PromoteReadReplica(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster added in v1.1.35

func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error)

Promotes a Read Replica DB cluster to a standalone DB cluster.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest added in v1.1.35

func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput)

PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest method.
req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) PromoteReadReplicaRequest

func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaOutput)

PromoteReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PromoteReadReplica operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the PromoteReadReplica method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaRequest method.
req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering

func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error)

Purchases a reserved DB instance offering.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput{
		ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId: aws.String("String"), // Required
		DBInstanceCount:               aws.Int64(1),
		ReservedDBInstanceId:          aws.String("String"),
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest

func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput)

PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest method.
req, resp := client.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) RebootDBInstance

func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstance(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error)

Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. A reboot also applies to the DB instance any modifications to the associated DB parameter group that were pending. Rebooting a DB instance results in a momentary outage of the instance, during which the DB instance status is set to rebooting. If the RDS instance is configured for MultiAZ, it is possible that the reboot will be conducted through a failover. An Amazon RDS event is created when the reboot is completed.

If your DB instance is deployed in multiple Availability Zones, you can force a failover from one AZ to the other during the reboot. You might force a failover to test the availability of your DB instance deployment or to restore operations to the original AZ after a failover occurs.

The time required to reboot is a function of the specific database engine's crash recovery process. To improve the reboot time, we recommend that you reduce database activities as much as possible during the reboot process to reduce rollback activity for in-transit transactions.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.RebootDBInstanceInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		ForceFailover:        aws.Bool(true),
	}
	resp, err := svc.RebootDBInstance(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) RebootDBInstanceRequest

func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBInstanceOutput)

RebootDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RebootDBInstance operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the RebootDBInstance method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the RebootDBInstanceRequest method.
req, resp := client.RebootDBInstanceRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription

func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error)

Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification subscription.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput{
		SourceIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		SubscriptionName: aws.String("String"), // Required
	}
	resp, err := svc.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest

func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput)

RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest method.
req, resp := client.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) RemoveTagsFromResource

func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error)

Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource.

For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html).

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{
		ResourceName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		TagKeys: []*string{ // Required
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.RemoveTagsFromResource(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest

func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput)

RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the RemoveTagsFromResource method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method.
req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error)

Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value. To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters.

When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately

and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You must call RebootDBInstance for every DB instance in your DB cluster that you want the updated static parameter to apply to.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput{
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Parameters: []*rds.Parameter{
			{ // Required
				AllowedValues:        aws.String("String"),
				ApplyMethod:          aws.String("ApplyMethod"),
				ApplyType:            aws.String("String"),
				DataType:             aws.String("String"),
				Description:          aws.String("String"),
				IsModifiable:         aws.Bool(true),
				MinimumEngineVersion: aws.String("String"),
				ParameterName:        aws.String("String"),
				ParameterValue:       aws.String("String"),
				Source:               aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
		ResetAllParameters: aws.Bool(true),
	}
	resp, err := svc.ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage)

ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) ResetDBParameterGroup

func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroup(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error)

Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default value. To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.ResetDBParameterGroupInput{
		DBParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Parameters: []*rds.Parameter{
			{ // Required
				AllowedValues:        aws.String("String"),
				ApplyMethod:          aws.String("ApplyMethod"),
				ApplyType:            aws.String("String"),
				DataType:             aws.String("String"),
				Description:          aws.String("String"),
				IsModifiable:         aws.Bool(true),
				MinimumEngineVersion: aws.String("String"),
				ParameterName:        aws.String("String"),
				ParameterValue:       aws.String("String"),
				Source:               aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
		ResetAllParameters: aws.Bool(true),
	}
	resp, err := svc.ResetDBParameterGroup(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest

func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage)

ResetDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the ResetDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the ResetDBParameterGroup method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the ResetDBParameterGroupRequest method.
req, resp := client.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3 added in v1.3.1

func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error)

Creates an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from data stored in an Amazon S3 bucket. Amazon RDS must be authorized to access the Amazon S3 bucket and the data must be created using the Percona XtraBackup utility as described in Migrating Data from an External MySQL Database to an Amazon Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Migrate.html).

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input{
		DBClusterIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Engine:              aws.String("String"), // Required
		MasterUserPassword:  aws.String("String"), // Required
		MasterUsername:      aws.String("String"), // Required
		S3BucketName:        aws.String("String"), // Required
		S3IngestionRoleArn:  aws.String("String"), // Required
		SourceEngine:        aws.String("String"), // Required
		SourceEngineVersion: aws.String("String"), // Required
		AvailabilityZones: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
		BackupRetentionPeriod:       aws.Int64(1),
		CharacterSetName:            aws.String("String"),
		DBClusterParameterGroupName: aws.String("String"),
		DBSubnetGroupName:           aws.String("String"),
		DatabaseName:                aws.String("String"),
		EngineVersion:               aws.String("String"),
		KmsKeyId:                    aws.String("String"),
		OptionGroupName:             aws.String("String"),
		Port:                        aws.Int64(1),
		PreferredBackupWindow:       aws.String("String"),
		PreferredMaintenanceWindow:  aws.String("String"),
		S3Prefix:                    aws.String("String"),
		StorageEncrypted:            aws.Bool(true),
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
		VpcSecurityGroupIds: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.RestoreDBClusterFromS3(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request added in v1.3.1

func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output)

RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request method.
req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error)

Creates a new DB cluster from a DB cluster snapshot. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster restore point with the same configuration as the original source DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default security group.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		Engine:              aws.String("String"), // Required
		SnapshotIdentifier:  aws.String("String"), // Required
		AvailabilityZones: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
		DBSubnetGroupName: aws.String("String"),
		DatabaseName:      aws.String("String"),
		EngineVersion:     aws.String("String"),
		KmsKeyId:          aws.String("String"),
		OptionGroupName:   aws.String("String"),
		Port:              aws.Int64(1),
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
		VpcSecurityGroupIds: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput)

RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest method.
req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error)

Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default DB security group.

For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) in the Amazon RDS User Guide.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"
	"time"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput{
		DBClusterIdentifier:       aws.String("String"), // Required
		SourceDBClusterIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		DBSubnetGroupName:         aws.String("String"),
		KmsKeyId:                  aws.String("String"),
		OptionGroupName:           aws.String("String"),
		Port:                      aws.Int64(1),
		RestoreToTime:             aws.Time(time.Now()),
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
		UseLatestRestorableTime: aws.Bool(true),
		VpcSecurityGroupIds: []*string{
			aws.String("String"), // Required
			// More values...
		},
	}
	resp, err := svc.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest added in v0.7.1

func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput)

RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest method.
req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot

func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error)

Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created from the source database restore point with the most of original configuration with the default security group and the default DB parameter group. By default, the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored AZ deployment and not a single-AZ deployment.

If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. RDS does not allow two DB instances with the same name. Once you have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is that you will replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created from the snapshot.

If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput{
		DBInstanceIdentifier:    aws.String("String"), // Required
		DBSnapshotIdentifier:    aws.String("String"), // Required
		AutoMinorVersionUpgrade: aws.Bool(true),
		AvailabilityZone:        aws.String("String"),
		CopyTagsToSnapshot:      aws.Bool(true),
		DBInstanceClass:         aws.String("String"),
		DBName:                  aws.String("String"),
		DBSubnetGroupName:       aws.String("String"),
		Domain:                  aws.String("String"),
		DomainIAMRoleName:       aws.String("String"),
		Engine:                  aws.String("String"),
		Iops:                    aws.Int64(1),
		LicenseModel:            aws.String("String"),
		MultiAZ:                 aws.Bool(true),
		OptionGroupName:         aws.String("String"),
		Port:                    aws.Int64(1),
		PubliclyAccessible:      aws.Bool(true),
		StorageType:             aws.String("String"),
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
		TdeCredentialArn:      aws.String("String"),
		TdeCredentialPassword: aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest

func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput)

RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest method.
req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime

func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error)

Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point in time. You can restore to any point in time before the time identified by the LatestRestorableTime property. You can restore to a point up to the number of days specified by the BackupRetentionPeriod property.

The target database is created with most of the original configuration, but in a system-selected availability zone, with the default security group, the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter group. By default, the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment and not a single-AZ deployment.

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"
	"time"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput{
		SourceDBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		TargetDBInstanceIdentifier: aws.String("String"), // Required
		AutoMinorVersionUpgrade:    aws.Bool(true),
		AvailabilityZone:           aws.String("String"),
		CopyTagsToSnapshot:         aws.Bool(true),
		DBInstanceClass:            aws.String("String"),
		DBName:                     aws.String("String"),
		DBSubnetGroupName:          aws.String("String"),
		Domain:                     aws.String("String"),
		DomainIAMRoleName:          aws.String("String"),
		Engine:                     aws.String("String"),
		Iops:                       aws.Int64(1),
		LicenseModel:               aws.String("String"),
		MultiAZ:                    aws.Bool(true),
		OptionGroupName:            aws.String("String"),
		Port:                       aws.Int64(1),
		PubliclyAccessible:         aws.Bool(true),
		RestoreTime:                aws.Time(time.Now()),
		StorageType:                aws.String("String"),
		Tags: []*rds.Tag{
			{ // Required
				Key:   aws.String("String"),
				Value: aws.String("String"),
			},
			// More values...
		},
		TdeCredentialArn:        aws.String("String"),
		TdeCredentialPassword:   aws.String("String"),
		UseLatestRestorableTime: aws.Bool(true),
	}
	resp, err := svc.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest

func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput)

RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest method.
req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress

func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error)

Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId).

Example
package main

import (
	"fmt"

	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session"
	"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds"
)

func main() {
	sess, err := session.NewSession()
	if err != nil {
		fmt.Println("failed to create session,", err)
		return
	}

	svc := rds.New(sess)

	params := &rds.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{
		DBSecurityGroupName:     aws.String("String"), // Required
		CIDRIP:                  aws.String("String"),
		EC2SecurityGroupId:      aws.String("String"),
		EC2SecurityGroupName:    aws.String("String"),
		EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId: aws.String("String"),
	}
	resp, err := svc.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress(params)

	if err != nil {
		// Print the error, cast err to awserr.Error to get the Code and
		// Message from an error.
		fmt.Println(err.Error())
		return
	}

	// Pretty-print the response data.
	fmt.Println(resp)
}
Output:

func (*RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest

func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput)

RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the client's request for the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return value can be used to capture response data after the request's "Send" method is called.

Creating a request object using this method should be used when you want to inject custom logic into the request's lifecycle using a custom handler, or if you want to access properties on the request object before or after sending the request. If you just want the service response, call the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress method directly instead.

Note: You must call the "Send" method on the returned request object in order to execute the request.

// Example sending a request using the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method.
req, resp := client.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params)

err := req.Send()
if err == nil { // resp is now filled
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

func (*RDS) WaitUntilDBInstanceAvailable added in v0.10.3

func (c *RDS) WaitUntilDBInstanceAvailable(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) error

func (*RDS) WaitUntilDBInstanceDeleted added in v0.10.3

func (c *RDS) WaitUntilDBInstanceDeleted(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) error

type RebootDBInstanceInput

type RebootDBInstanceInput struct {

	// The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// When true, the reboot will be conducted through a MultiAZ failover.
	//
	// Constraint: You cannot specify true if the instance is not configured for
	// MultiAZ.
	ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RebootDBInstanceInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (RebootDBInstanceInput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RebootDBInstanceOutput

type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RebootDBInstanceOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (RebootDBInstanceOutput) String added in v0.6.5

func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RecurringCharge

type RecurringCharge struct {

	// The amount of the recurring charge.
	RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"`

	// The frequency of the recurring charge.
	RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances and DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings actions.

func (RecurringCharge) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (RecurringCharge) String added in v0.6.5

func (s RecurringCharge) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct {

	// The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB
	// instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group.
	SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a
	// source identifier from.
	SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput

type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput struct {

	// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions
	// action.
	EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput

type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct {

	// The Amazon RDS resource the tags will be removed from. This value is an Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see  Constructing
	// an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html#USER_Tagging.ARN).
	ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed.
	TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput

type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type ReservedDBInstance

type ReservedDBInstance struct {

	// The currency code for the reserved DB instance.
	CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The number of reserved DB instances.
	DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The duration of the reservation in seconds.
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance.
	FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`

	// Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The offering type of this reserved DB instance.
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// The description of the reserved DB instance.
	ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance.
	RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`

	// The unique identifier for the reservation.
	ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"`

	// The offering identifier.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`

	// The time the reservation started.
	StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The state of the reserved DB instance.
	State *string `type:"string"`

	// The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance.
	UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions.

func (ReservedDBInstance) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s ReservedDBInstance) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ReservedDBInstance) String added in v0.6.5

func (s ReservedDBInstance) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ReservedDBInstancesOffering

type ReservedDBInstancesOffering struct {

	// The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering.
	CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The duration of the offering in seconds.
	Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The fixed price charged for this offering.
	FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"`

	// Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The offering type.
	OfferingType *string `type:"string"`

	// The database engine used by the offering.
	ProductDescription *string `type:"string"`

	// The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance.
	RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"`

	// The offering identifier.
	ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"`

	// The hourly price charged for this offering.
	UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings action.

func (ReservedDBInstancesOffering) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ReservedDBInstancesOffering) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput added in v0.7.1

type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset.
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the
	// default values. You cannot use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter
	// is set to true.
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`

	// A value that is set to true to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter
	// group to their default values, and false otherwise. You cannot use this parameter
	// if there is a list of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter.
	ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

func (*ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ResetDBParameterGroupInput

type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct {

	// The name of the DB parameter group.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter
	// update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied;
	// subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified
	// in a single request.
	//
	//  MySQL
	//
	// Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot
	//
	// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
	// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
	// are applied when DB instance reboots.
	//
	//  MariaDB
	//
	// Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot
	//
	// You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use
	// the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes
	// are applied when DB instance reboots.
	//
	//  Oracle
	//
	// Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot
	Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"`

	// Specifies whether (true) or not (false) to reset all parameters in the DB
	// parameter group to default values.
	//
	// Default: true
	ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (ResetDBParameterGroupInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (ResetDBParameterGroupInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*ResetDBParameterGroupInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions

type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions struct {

	// A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the
	// resource.
	PendingMaintenanceActionDetails []*PendingMaintenanceAction `locationNameList:"PendingMaintenanceAction" type:"list"`

	// The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions.
	ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource.

func (ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input added in v1.3.1

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct {

	// A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored DB cluster
	// can be created in.
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The number of days for which automated backups of the restored DB cluster
	// are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1.
	//
	// Default: 1
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be a value from 1 to 35
	BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated
	// with the specified CharacterSet.
	CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the S3 bucket.
	// This parameter is isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
	//
	//   Example: my-cluster1
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the restored
	// DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 will be used.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// A DB subnet group to associate with the restored DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The database name for the restored DB cluster.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the database engine to be used for the restored DB cluster.
	//
	// Valid Values: aurora
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version number of the database engine to use.
	//
	//  Aurora
	//
	// Example: 5.6.10a
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
	// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key.
	//
	// If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value
	// for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption
	// key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your
	// AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS region.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the master database user. This password can contain any
	// printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@".
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters.
	MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the master user for the restored DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be 1 to 16 alphanumeric characters.
	//
	//   First character must be a letter.
	//
	//   Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine.
	MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated
	// with the specified option group.
	//
	// Permanent options cannot be removed from an option group. An option group
	// cannot be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the instances in the restored DB cluster accept
	// connections.
	//
	//  Default: 3306
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated
	// backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter.
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region. To see the time blocks available, see  Adjusting the Preferred
	// Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi.
	//
	//   Times should be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//   Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window.
	//
	//   Must be at least 30 minutes.
	PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
	// Coordinated Time (UTC).
	//
	//  Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
	//
	// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
	// per region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see the time blocks
	// available, see  Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html)
	// in the Amazon RDS User Guide.
	//
	// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
	//
	// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
	PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the data used to create the
	// Amazon Aurora DB cluster.
	S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management
	// (IAM) role that authorizes Amazon RDS to access the Amazon S3 bucket on your
	// behalf.
	S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The prefix for all of the file names that contain the data used to create
	// the Amazon Aurora DB cluster. If you do not specify a SourceS3Prefix value,
	// then the Amazon Aurora DB cluster is created by using all of the files in
	// the Amazon S3 bucket.
	S3Prefix *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the database engine that was backed up to create the files
	// stored in the Amazon S3 bucket.
	//
	// Valid values: mysql
	SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version of the database that the backup files were created from.
	//
	// MySQL version 5.5 and 5.6 are supported.
	//
	// Example: 5.6.22
	SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies whether the restored DB cluster is encrypted.
	StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the restored DB cluster.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) GoString added in v1.3.1

func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) String added in v1.3.1

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) Validate added in v1.3.1

func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output added in v1.3.1

type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) GoString added in v1.3.1

func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) String added in v1.3.1

String returns the string representation

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput added in v0.7.1

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct {

	// Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored
	// DB cluster can be created in.
	AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"`

	// The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter
	// isn't case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-snapshot-id
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The database name for the restored DB cluster.
	DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`

	// The database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
	//
	// Default: The same as source
	//
	// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
	Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// The KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from
	// a DB cluster snapshot.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
	// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
	// will occur:
	//
	//   If the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster
	// is encrypted using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the DB cluster snapshot.
	//
	//   If the DB cluster snapshot is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster
	// is encrypted using the specified encryption key.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to restore from.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput added in v0.7.1

type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput added in v0.7.1

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct {

	// The name of the new DB cluster to be created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster from
	// an encrypted DB cluster.
	//
	// The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption
	// key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns
	// the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use
	// the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key.
	//
	// You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with
	// a KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB
	// cluster. The new DB cluster will be encrypted with the KMS key identified
	// by the KmsKeyId parameter.
	//
	// If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following
	// will occur:
	//
	//   If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted
	// using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster.
	//
	//   If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not
	// encrypted.
	//
	//   If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that is note encrypted,
	// then the restore request is rejected.
	KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the option group for the new DB cluster.
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections.
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB cluster.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// The date and time to restore the DB cluster to.
	//
	// Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance
	//
	//   Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true
	//
	//   Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z
	RestoreToTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the identifier of an existing database instance
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// A value that is set to true to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable
	// backup time, and false otherwise.
	//
	// Default: false
	//
	// Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreToTime parameter is provided.
	UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// A lst of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to.
	VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput added in v0.7.1

type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBCluster
	//
	//    DeleteDBCluster
	//
	//    FailoverDBCluster
	//
	//    ModifyDBCluster
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot
	//
	//    RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters
	// action.
	DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) GoString added in v0.7.1

GoString returns the string representation

func (RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String added in v0.7.1

String returns the string representation

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput struct {

	// Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the
	// DB instance during the maintenance window.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
	//
	// Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
	// parameter is set to true.
	//
	// Example: us-east-1a
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB
	// instance; otherwise false. The default is false.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge
	// | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge
	// | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge | db.m4.4xlarge
	// | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge
	// | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium | db.t2.large
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter isn't
	// case-sensitive.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens (1 to 15
	// for SQL Server)
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   Example: my-snapshot-id
	DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The database name for the restored DB instance.
	//
	//  This parameter doesn't apply to the MySQL, PostgreSQL, or MariaDB engines.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	//
	//   If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier
	// must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot.
	DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The database engine to use for the new instance.
	//
	// Default: The same as source
	//
	// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
	//
	//  Valid Values: MySQL | mariadb | oracle-se1 | oracle-se | oracle-ee | sqlserver-ee
	// | sqlserver-se | sqlserver-ex | sqlserver-web | postgres | aurora
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed in
	// I/O operations per second. If this parameter is not specified, the IOPS value
	// will be taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, the new instance
	// will be converted to a non-PIOPS instance, which will take additional time,
	// though your DB instance will be available for connections before the conversion
	// starts.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000.
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	// Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// License model information for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// Default: Same as source.
	//
	//  Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	//
	// Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
	// parameter is set to true.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB instance
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
	// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
	// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
	// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
	//
	// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
	// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
	//
	//    Default VPC: true
	//
	//    VPC: false
	//
	//   If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the
	// PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly
	// accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the
	// request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance
	// will be private.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	//
	//  Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	//  If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	//  Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the
	// device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput

type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct {

	// Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the
	// DB instance during the maintenance window.
	AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The EC2 Availability Zone that the database instance will be created in.
	//
	// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone.
	//
	// Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
	// parameter is set to true.
	//
	// Example: us-east-1a
	AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`

	// True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB
	// instance; otherwise false. The default is false.
	CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance.
	//
	// Valid Values: db.t1.micro | db.m1.small | db.m1.medium | db.m1.large | db.m1.xlarge
	// | db.m2.2xlarge | db.m2.4xlarge | db.m3.medium | db.m3.large | db.m3.xlarge
	// | db.m3.2xlarge | db.m4.large | db.m4.xlarge | db.m4.2xlarge | db.m4.4xlarge
	// | db.m4.10xlarge | db.r3.large | db.r3.xlarge | db.r3.2xlarge | db.r3.4xlarge
	// | db.r3.8xlarge | db.t2.micro | db.t2.small | db.t2.medium | db.t2.large
	//
	// Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance.
	DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`

	// The database name for the restored DB instance.
	//
	//  This parameter is not used for the MySQL or MariaDB engines.
	DBName *string `type:"string"`

	// The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance.
	//
	// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
	// underscores, spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default.
	//
	// Example: mySubnetgroup
	DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in.
	Domain *string `type:"string"`

	// Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the
	// Directory Service.
	DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"`

	// The database engine to use for the new instance.
	//
	// Default: The same as source
	//
	// Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source
	//
	//  Valid Values: MySQL | mariadb | oracle-se1 | oracle-se | oracle-ee | sqlserver-ee
	// | sqlserver-se | sqlserver-ex | sqlserver-web | postgres | aurora
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be
	// initially allocated for the DB instance.
	//
	// Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000.
	//
	//  SQL Server
	//
	// Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported.
	Iops *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// License model information for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// Default: Same as source.
	//
	//  Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license
	LicenseModel *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment.
	//
	// Constraint: You cannot specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ
	// parameter is set to true.
	MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance.
	//
	// Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE,
	// cannot be removed from an option group, and that option group cannot be removed
	// from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance
	OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The port number on which the database accepts connections.
	//
	// Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535
	//
	// Default: The same port as the original DB instance.
	Port *int64 `type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true
	// specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name,
	// which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal
	// instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address.
	//
	// Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been
	// requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case.
	//
	//    Default VPC:true
	//
	//    VPC:false
	//
	//   If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the
	// PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance will be publicly
	// accessible. If a specific DB subnet group has been specified as part of the
	// request and the PubliclyAccessible value has not been set, the DB instance
	// will be private.
	PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The date and time to restore from.
	//
	// Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance
	//
	//   Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true
	//
	//   Example: 2009-09-07T23:45:00Z
	RestoreTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`

	// The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must be the identifier of an existing database instance
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance.
	//
	//  Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1
	//
	//  If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter.
	//
	//  Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard
	StorageType *string `type:"string"`

	// A list of tags.
	Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"`

	// The name of the new database instance to be created.
	//
	// Constraints:
	//
	//   Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens
	//
	//   First character must be a letter
	//
	//   Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens
	TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The ARN from the Key Store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption.
	TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"`

	// The password for the given ARN from the Key Store in order to access the
	// device.
	TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies whether (true) or not (false) the DB instance is restored from
	// the latest backup time.
	//
	// Default: false
	//
	// Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreTime parameter is provided.
	UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput

type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    CreateDBInstance
	//
	//    DeleteDBInstance
	//
	//    ModifyDBInstance
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances
	// action.
	DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct {

	// The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If CIDRIP
	// is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName, EC2SecurityGroupId and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
	// cannot be provided.
	CIDRIP *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from.
	DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
	// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
	// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security
	// groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId
	// and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"`

	// The AWS Account Number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in
	// the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable
	// value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise,
	// EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId
	// must be provided.
	EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

func (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate added in v1.1.21

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput

type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct {

	// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the following actions:
	//
	//    DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	//
	//    AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress
	//
	//    CreateDBSecurityGroup
	//
	//    RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress
	//
	//   This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups
	// action.
	DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString added in v0.6.5

GoString returns the string representation

func (RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String added in v0.6.5

String returns the string representation

type Subnet

type Subnet struct {

	// Contains Availability Zone information.
	//
	//  This data type is used as an element in the following data type:
	//
	//    OrderableDBInstanceOption
	SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the identifier of the subnet.
	SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"`

	// Specifies the status of the subnet.
	SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups action.

func (Subnet) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s Subnet) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (Subnet) String added in v0.6.5

func (s Subnet) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Tag

type Tag struct {

	// A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to
	// 128 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:".
	// The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space,
	// '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
	Key *string `type:"string"`

	// A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1
	// to 256 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or
	// "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits,
	// white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
	Value *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair.

func (Tag) GoString added in v0.6.5

func (s Tag) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (Tag) String added in v0.6.5

func (s Tag) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpgradeTarget added in v0.9.11

type UpgradeTarget struct {

	// A value that indicates whether the target version will be applied to any
	// source DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true.
	AutoUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`

	// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.
	Description *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the upgrade target database engine.
	Engine *string `type:"string"`

	// The version number of the upgrade target database engine.
	EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`

	// A value that indicates whether a database engine will be upgraded to a major
	// version.
	IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to.

func (UpgradeTarget) GoString added in v0.9.11

func (s UpgradeTarget) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (UpgradeTarget) String added in v0.9.11

func (s UpgradeTarget) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VpcSecurityGroupMembership added in v0.9.5

type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct {

	// The status of the VPC security group.
	Status *string `type:"string"`

	// The name of the VPC security group.
	VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security group membership.

func (VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString added in v0.9.5

func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String added in v0.9.5

String returns the string representation

Directories

Path Synopsis
Package rdsiface provides an interface for the Amazon Relational Database Service.
Package rdsiface provides an interface for the Amazon Relational Database Service.

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL